* [PATCH 07/17] Fix spelling in comments in Assembler files (gdb)
2016-11-25 19:48 [PATCH 00/17] Fix spelling mistakes in comments - GDB Ambrogino Modigliani
@ 2016-11-25 19:47 ` Ambrogino Modigliani
2016-11-25 19:47 ` [PATCH 08/17] Fix spelling in comments in Expect scripts (gdb) Ambrogino Modigliani
` (15 subsequent siblings)
16 siblings, 0 replies; 21+ messages in thread
From: Ambrogino Modigliani @ 2016-11-25 19:47 UTC (permalink / raw)
To: gdb-patches, pedro_alves, ambrogino.modigliani, ambrogino.modigliani
gdb/testsuite/ChangeLog:
* gdb.dwarf2/fission-reread.S: Fix spelling in comments.
* gdb.dwarf2/pr13961.S: Fix spelling in comments.
---
gdb/testsuite/gdb.dwarf2/fission-reread.S | 2 +-
gdb/testsuite/gdb.dwarf2/pr13961.S | 4 ++--
2 files changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-)
diff --git a/gdb/testsuite/gdb.dwarf2/fission-reread.S b/gdb/testsuite/gdb.dwarf2/fission-reread.S
index dc5885f..b00adb2 100644
--- a/gdb/testsuite/gdb.dwarf2/fission-reread.S
+++ b/gdb/testsuite/gdb.dwarf2/fission-reread.S
@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ SYMBOL(main):
.byte 0x87
.4byte .Lskeleton_debug_line0 /* DW_AT_stmt_list */
- /* Manually inserted to have a DW_AT_specification refering to
+ /* Manually inserted to have a DW_AT_specification referring to
something and appearing ahead of it. */
.uleb128 0x8 /* DW_TAG_class_type */
.4byte .Ltu_class_type - .Ltu_start_dwo
diff --git a/gdb/testsuite/gdb.dwarf2/pr13961.S b/gdb/testsuite/gdb.dwarf2/pr13961.S
index afec8f8..1859a26 100644
--- a/gdb/testsuite/gdb.dwarf2/pr13961.S
+++ b/gdb/testsuite/gdb.dwarf2/pr13961.S
@@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ SYMBOL(main):
.byte 0x87
.4byte .Ldebug_line0 /* DW_AT_stmt_list */
- /* Manually inserted to have a DW_AT_specification refering to
+ /* Manually inserted to have a DW_AT_specification referring to
something and appearing ahead of it. */
.uleb128 0x8 /* DW_TAG_class_type */
.4byte .Ltu_class_type - .Ldebug_types0
@@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ SYMBOL(main):
.byte 0x3 /* DW_OP_addr */
.4byte baz
- /* Manually inserted to have a DW_AT_specification refering to
+ /* Manually inserted to have a DW_AT_specification referring to
something and appearing ahead of it. */
.uleb128 0x8 /* DW_TAG_class_type */
.4byte .Lcu_class_type - .Ldebug_info0 /* DW_AT_specification */
--
2.7.4
^ permalink raw reply [flat|nested] 21+ messages in thread* [PATCH 08/17] Fix spelling in comments in Expect scripts (gdb)
2016-11-25 19:48 [PATCH 00/17] Fix spelling mistakes in comments - GDB Ambrogino Modigliani
2016-11-25 19:47 ` [PATCH 07/17] Fix spelling in comments in Assembler files (gdb) Ambrogino Modigliani
@ 2016-11-25 19:47 ` Ambrogino Modigliani
2016-11-25 19:47 ` [PATCH 05/17] Fix spelling in comments in C source files (opcodes) Ambrogino Modigliani
` (14 subsequent siblings)
16 siblings, 0 replies; 21+ messages in thread
From: Ambrogino Modigliani @ 2016-11-25 19:47 UTC (permalink / raw)
To: gdb-patches, pedro_alves, ambrogino.modigliani, ambrogino.modigliani
gdb/testsuite/ChangeLog:
* gdb.ada/exec_changed.exp: Fix spelling in comments.
* gdb.arch/e500-prologue.exp: Fix spelling in comments.
* gdb.arch/i386-mpx.exp: Fix spelling in comments.
* gdb.arch/powerpc-aix-prologue.exp: Fix spelling in comments.
* gdb.base/bigcore.exp: Fix spelling in comments.
* gdb.base/call-sc.exp: Fix spelling in comments.
* gdb.base/dbx.exp: Fix spelling in comments.
* gdb.base/default.exp: Fix spelling in comments.
* gdb.base/double-prompt-target-event-error.exp: Fix spelling in comments.
* gdb.base/exitsignal.exp: Fix spelling in comments.
* gdb.base/gdb11531.exp: Fix spelling in comments.
* gdb.base/gnu-ifunc.exp: Fix spelling in comments.
* gdb.base/gnu_vector.exp: Fix spelling in comments.
* gdb.base/lineinc.exp: Fix spelling in comments.
* gdb.base/killed-outside.exp: Fix spelling in comments.
* gdb.base/overlays.exp: Fix spelling in comments.
* gdb.base/remote.exp: Fix spelling in comments.
* gdb.base/savedregs.exp: Fix spelling in comments.
* gdb.base/scope.exp: Fix spelling in comments.
* gdb.base/sigbpt.exp: Fix spelling in comments.
* gdb.base/signals.exp: Fix spelling in comments.
* gdb.base/signull.exp: Fix spelling in comments.
* gdb.base/store.exp: Fix spelling in comments.
* gdb.base/structs.exp: Fix spelling in comments.
* gdb.base/watchpoint-stops-at-right-insn.exp: Fix spelling in comments.
* gdb.cell/mem-access.exp: Fix spelling in comments.
* gdb.cp/rtti.exp: Fix spelling in comments.
* gdb.cp/static-print-quit.exp: Fix spelling in comments.
* gdb.cp/virtfunc.exp: Fix spelling in comments.
* gdb.dwarf2/dw2-ranges-base.exp: Fix spelling in comments.
* gdb.fortran/types.exp: Fix spelling in comments.
* gdb.fortran/vla-value-sub-arbitrary.exp: Fix spelling in comments.
* gdb.go/integers.exp: Fix spelling in comments.
* gdb.mi/mi-breakpoint-changed.exp: Fix spelling in comments.
* gdb.multi/multi-arch-exec.exp: Fix spelling in comments.
* gdb.pascal/floats.exp: Fix spelling in comments.
* gdb.pascal/integers.exp: Fix spelling in comments.
* gdb.pascal/types.exp: Fix spelling in comments.
* gdb.reverse/step-precsave.exp: Fix spelling in comments.
* gdb.reverse/step-reverse.exp: Fix spelling in comments.
* gdb.threads/thread_check.exp: Fix spelling in comments.
* gdb.trace/collection.exp: Fix spelling in comments.
* gdb.trace/mi-tracepoint-changed.exp: Fix spelling in comments.
* lib/gdb.exp: Fix spelling in comments.
* lib/prelink-support.exp: Fix spelling in comments.
---
gdb/testsuite/gdb.ada/exec_changed.exp | 2 +-
gdb/testsuite/gdb.arch/e500-prologue.exp | 2 +-
gdb/testsuite/gdb.arch/i386-mpx.exp | 2 +-
gdb/testsuite/gdb.arch/powerpc-aix-prologue.exp | 2 +-
gdb/testsuite/gdb.base/bigcore.exp | 2 +-
gdb/testsuite/gdb.base/call-sc.exp | 6 +++---
gdb/testsuite/gdb.base/dbx.exp | 2 +-
gdb/testsuite/gdb.base/default.exp | 2 +-
gdb/testsuite/gdb.base/double-prompt-target-event-error.exp | 4 ++--
gdb/testsuite/gdb.base/exitsignal.exp | 2 +-
gdb/testsuite/gdb.base/gdb11531.exp | 2 +-
gdb/testsuite/gdb.base/gnu-ifunc.exp | 2 +-
gdb/testsuite/gdb.base/gnu_vector.exp | 2 +-
gdb/testsuite/gdb.base/killed-outside.exp | 2 +-
gdb/testsuite/gdb.base/lineinc.exp | 2 +-
gdb/testsuite/gdb.base/overlays.exp | 2 +-
gdb/testsuite/gdb.base/remote.exp | 6 +++---
gdb/testsuite/gdb.base/savedregs.exp | 2 +-
gdb/testsuite/gdb.base/scope.exp | 2 +-
gdb/testsuite/gdb.base/sigbpt.exp | 2 +-
gdb/testsuite/gdb.base/signals.exp | 2 +-
gdb/testsuite/gdb.base/signull.exp | 2 +-
gdb/testsuite/gdb.base/store.exp | 2 +-
gdb/testsuite/gdb.base/structs.exp | 6 +++---
gdb/testsuite/gdb.base/watchpoint-stops-at-right-insn.exp | 2 +-
gdb/testsuite/gdb.cell/mem-access.exp | 6 +++---
gdb/testsuite/gdb.cp/rtti.exp | 2 +-
gdb/testsuite/gdb.cp/static-print-quit.exp | 2 +-
gdb/testsuite/gdb.cp/virtfunc.exp | 2 +-
gdb/testsuite/gdb.dwarf2/dw2-ranges-base.exp | 2 +-
gdb/testsuite/gdb.fortran/types.exp | 2 +-
gdb/testsuite/gdb.fortran/vla-value-sub-arbitrary.exp | 2 +-
gdb/testsuite/gdb.go/integers.exp | 2 +-
gdb/testsuite/gdb.mi/mi-breakpoint-changed.exp | 2 +-
gdb/testsuite/gdb.multi/multi-arch-exec.exp | 2 +-
gdb/testsuite/gdb.pascal/floats.exp | 2 +-
gdb/testsuite/gdb.pascal/integers.exp | 2 +-
gdb/testsuite/gdb.pascal/types.exp | 2 +-
gdb/testsuite/gdb.reverse/step-precsave.exp | 8 ++++----
gdb/testsuite/gdb.reverse/step-reverse.exp | 8 ++++----
gdb/testsuite/gdb.threads/thread_check.exp | 2 +-
gdb/testsuite/gdb.trace/collection.exp | 4 ++--
gdb/testsuite/gdb.trace/mi-tracepoint-changed.exp | 2 +-
gdb/testsuite/lib/gdb.exp | 8 ++++----
gdb/testsuite/lib/prelink-support.exp | 4 ++--
45 files changed, 65 insertions(+), 65 deletions(-)
diff --git a/gdb/testsuite/gdb.ada/exec_changed.exp b/gdb/testsuite/gdb.ada/exec_changed.exp
index a574cd5..06e1c2a 100644
--- a/gdb/testsuite/gdb.ada/exec_changed.exp
+++ b/gdb/testsuite/gdb.ada/exec_changed.exp
@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ if { [gdb_start_cmd] < 0 } {
clean_restart "${binfile}$EXEEXT"
-# Ensure we don't accidently use the main symbol cache.
+# Ensure we don't accidentally use the main symbol cache.
gdb_test_no_output "mt set symbol-cache-size 0"
# Put something in the symbol lookup cache that will get looked up when
diff --git a/gdb/testsuite/gdb.arch/e500-prologue.exp b/gdb/testsuite/gdb.arch/e500-prologue.exp
index 3019b3e..7084ea1 100644
--- a/gdb/testsuite/gdb.arch/e500-prologue.exp
+++ b/gdb/testsuite/gdb.arch/e500-prologue.exp
@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ proc insert_breakpoint {function expected_location} {
# If we managed to get the breakpoing address, then check that
# we inserted it at the expected location by examining the
# instruction at that address (we're not interested in the insn
- # itself, but rather at the address printed at the begining of
+ # itself, but rather at the address printed at the beginning of
# the instruction).
if { $address != "" } then {
gdb_test "x /i $address" \
diff --git a/gdb/testsuite/gdb.arch/i386-mpx.exp b/gdb/testsuite/gdb.arch/i386-mpx.exp
index 7f4727e..a0610b1 100644
--- a/gdb/testsuite/gdb.arch/i386-mpx.exp
+++ b/gdb/testsuite/gdb.arch/i386-mpx.exp
@@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ gdb_test "print /x \$bnd0raw" "$test_string" "bnd0raw after setting full bnd0"
gdb_test "print \$bndstatus.status.error" "= 2" "bndstatus error is 2\
after a failure on allocating an entry"
-# Going to test the python extension for lenght.
+# Going to test the python extension for length.
if { [skip_python_tests] } { continue }
# Verify if size is right
set test_string ".*\\\: size 17.*"
diff --git a/gdb/testsuite/gdb.arch/powerpc-aix-prologue.exp b/gdb/testsuite/gdb.arch/powerpc-aix-prologue.exp
index d82c4de..e0975e4 100644
--- a/gdb/testsuite/gdb.arch/powerpc-aix-prologue.exp
+++ b/gdb/testsuite/gdb.arch/powerpc-aix-prologue.exp
@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ proc insert_breakpoint {function expected_location} {
# If we managed to get the breakpoing address, then check that
# we inserted it at the expected location by examining the
# instruction at that address (we're not interested in the insn
- # itself, but rather at the address printed at the begining of
+ # itself, but rather at the address printed at the beginning of
# the instruction).
if { $address != "" } then {
gdb_test "x /i $address" \
diff --git a/gdb/testsuite/gdb.base/bigcore.exp b/gdb/testsuite/gdb.base/bigcore.exp
index ae00d0a..441b2ef 100644
--- a/gdb/testsuite/gdb.base/bigcore.exp
+++ b/gdb/testsuite/gdb.base/bigcore.exp
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ if ![isnative] then {
# Can the system run this test (in particular support sparse
# corefiles)? On systems that lack sparse corefile support this test
# consumes too many resources - gigabytes worth of disk space and
-# I/O bandwith.
+# I/O bandwidth.
if { [istarget "*-*-*bsd*"]
|| [istarget "*-*-solaris*"]
diff --git a/gdb/testsuite/gdb.base/call-sc.exp b/gdb/testsuite/gdb.base/call-sc.exp
index 89065e1..28ed6bd 100644
--- a/gdb/testsuite/gdb.base/call-sc.exp
+++ b/gdb/testsuite/gdb.base/call-sc.exp
@@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ proc test_scalar_returns { } {
# Check that "return" works.
# GDB must always force the return of a function that has
- # a struct result. Dependant on the ABI, it may, or may not be
+ # a struct result. Dependent on the ABI, it may, or may not be
# possible to store the return value in a register.
# The relevant code looks like "L{n} = fun{n}()". The test forces
@@ -202,7 +202,7 @@ proc test_scalar_returns { } {
# known, both failed to print a final "source and line" and misplaced
# the frame ("No frame").
- # The test is writen so that it only reports one FAIL/PASS for the
+ # The test is written so that it only reports one FAIL/PASS for the
# entire operation. The value returned is checked further down.
# "return_value_unknown", if non-empty, records why GDB realised
# that it didn't know where the return value was.
@@ -291,7 +291,7 @@ proc test_scalar_returns { } {
}
-re ".*${gdb_prompt} $" {
if $return_value_unimplemented {
- # What a suprize. The architecture hasn't implemented
+ # What a surprise. The architecture hasn't implemented
# return_value, and hence has to fail.
kfail "$test" gdb/1444
} else {
diff --git a/gdb/testsuite/gdb.base/dbx.exp b/gdb/testsuite/gdb.base/dbx.exp
index 3d18d6f..e9f3a4d 100644
--- a/gdb/testsuite/gdb.base/dbx.exp
+++ b/gdb/testsuite/gdb.base/dbx.exp
@@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ proc dbx_reinitialize_dir { subdir } {
# as a side effect of running a particular test (in this case,
# "testsuite/gdb.compat/dbx.exp").
#
-# CM: Renamed the procedure so it does not override the orginal file name.
+# CM: Renamed the procedure so it does not override the original file name.
# Having the test suite change behavior depending on the tests run makes
# it extremely difficult to reproduce errors. I've also added a
# "dbx_gdb_load" procedure. This and only this test will call these
diff --git a/gdb/testsuite/gdb.base/default.exp b/gdb/testsuite/gdb.base/default.exp
index c5a9072..70aba4f 100644
--- a/gdb/testsuite/gdb.base/default.exp
+++ b/gdb/testsuite/gdb.base/default.exp
@@ -455,7 +455,7 @@ gdb_test "rbreak" "rbreak"
gdb_test "restore" "You can't do that without a process to debug\."
#test return
-# The middle case accomodated the obsolete a29k, where doing the "ni"
+# The middle case accommodated the obsolete a29k, where doing the "ni"
# above causes an initial stack to be created.
gdb_test "return" "No selected frame..*" "return" "Make .* return now.*y or n. $" "y"
diff --git a/gdb/testsuite/gdb.base/double-prompt-target-event-error.exp b/gdb/testsuite/gdb.base/double-prompt-target-event-error.exp
index ebf2231..229f8ee 100644
--- a/gdb/testsuite/gdb.base/double-prompt-target-event-error.exp
+++ b/gdb/testsuite/gdb.base/double-prompt-target-event-error.exp
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ proc cancel_pagination_in_target_event { command } {
if { $command == "wrapcont" } {
gdb_test_multiple "define wrapcont" "define user command: wrapcont" {
-re "Type commands for definition of \"wrapcont\".\r\nEnd with a line saying just \"end\".\r\n>$" {
- # Note that "Continuing." is ommitted when
+ # Note that "Continuing." is omitted when
# "continue" is issued from a user-defined
# command. Issue it ourselves.
gdb_test "echo Continuing\.\ncontinue\nend" "" \
@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ proc cancel_pagination_in_target_event { command } {
}
# We should only see one prompt more, and it should be
- # preceeded by print's output.
+ # preceded by print's output.
set test "no double prompt"
gdb_test_multiple "" $test {
-re "$gdb_prompt.*$gdb_prompt $" {
diff --git a/gdb/testsuite/gdb.base/exitsignal.exp b/gdb/testsuite/gdb.base/exitsignal.exp
index d7027d3..d4149a2 100644
--- a/gdb/testsuite/gdb.base/exitsignal.exp
+++ b/gdb/testsuite/gdb.base/exitsignal.exp
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@
# purpose of this checking is to ensure that the variables are
# mutually exclusive, i.e., that when $_exitsignal is set, $_exitcode
# is not, and vice-versa. This mutual exclusion happens because if an
-# inferior exited (either successfuly or not), it certainly was not
+# inferior exited (either successfully or not), it certainly was not
# killed by a signal. However, if it was killed by an uncaught
# signal, then there is no way for it to have exited.
diff --git a/gdb/testsuite/gdb.base/gdb11531.exp b/gdb/testsuite/gdb.base/gdb11531.exp
index 3ed5a0b..fa2d1b5 100644
--- a/gdb/testsuite/gdb.base/gdb11531.exp
+++ b/gdb/testsuite/gdb.base/gdb11531.exp
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ if { ![runto main] } then {
# watched (myrec.x) gets updated. This is the instruction where we
# expect to receive a watchpoint notification when we do the "stepi"
# below. However, having the breakpoint at the same location as this
-# intruction can possibly interfere with our testcase, as stepping
+# instruction can possibly interfere with our testcase, as stepping
# over the breakpoint in order to get past it may incorrectly lead
# to the debugger missing the watchpoint hit. This would be a bug
# in GDB, but this is not the bug that we are trying to test here.
diff --git a/gdb/testsuite/gdb.base/gnu-ifunc.exp b/gdb/testsuite/gdb.base/gnu-ifunc.exp
index 3b2775b..a430817 100644
--- a/gdb/testsuite/gdb.base/gnu-ifunc.exp
+++ b/gdb/testsuite/gdb.base/gnu-ifunc.exp
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ if ![runto_main] then {
return 1
}
-# The "if" condition is artifical to test regression of a former patch.
+# The "if" condition is artificial to test regression of a former patch.
gdb_breakpoint "[gdb_get_line_number "break-at-nextcall"] if i && gnu_ifunc (i) != 42"
gdb_breakpoint [gdb_get_line_number "break-at-call"]
diff --git a/gdb/testsuite/gdb.base/gnu_vector.exp b/gdb/testsuite/gdb.base/gnu_vector.exp
index aafaedd..fe76933 100644
--- a/gdb/testsuite/gdb.base/gnu_vector.exp
+++ b/gdb/testsuite/gdb.base/gnu_vector.exp
@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ if { ![runto main] } {
return -1
}
-# Get endianess for the scalar->vector casts
+# Get endianness for the scalar->vector casts
gdb_test_multiple "show endian" "show endian" {
-re ".* (big|little) endian.*$gdb_prompt $" {
set endian $expect_out(1,string)
diff --git a/gdb/testsuite/gdb.base/killed-outside.exp b/gdb/testsuite/gdb.base/killed-outside.exp
index 2720052..6ab2886 100644
--- a/gdb/testsuite/gdb.base/killed-outside.exp
+++ b/gdb/testsuite/gdb.base/killed-outside.exp
@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ with_test_prefix "continue" {
}
}
-# Try stepping the program. Stepping may go through diferent code
+# Try stepping the program. Stepping may go through different code
# paths in the target backends.
with_test_prefix "stepi" {
test {
diff --git a/gdb/testsuite/gdb.base/lineinc.exp b/gdb/testsuite/gdb.base/lineinc.exp
index 4070f4e..5e7ca0d 100644
--- a/gdb/testsuite/gdb.base/lineinc.exp
+++ b/gdb/testsuite/gdb.base/lineinc.exp
@@ -70,7 +70,7 @@
# #included by a given source file in a list sorted by the line at
# which they were #included; this gives GDB the chance to detect
# multiple #inclusions at the same line, complain, and assign
-# distinct, albiet incorrect, line numbers to each #inclusion.
+# distinct, albeit incorrect, line numbers to each #inclusion.
#
# However, at one point GDB was sorting the list in reverse order,
# while the code to assign new, distinct line numbers assumed it was
diff --git a/gdb/testsuite/gdb.base/overlays.exp b/gdb/testsuite/gdb.base/overlays.exp
index cf4213a..dd92351 100644
--- a/gdb/testsuite/gdb.base/overlays.exp
+++ b/gdb/testsuite/gdb.base/overlays.exp
@@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ if $data_overlays then {
}
# Verify that early-mapped overlays have been bumped out
-# by later-mapped overlays layed over in the same VMA range.
+# by later-mapped overlays laid over in the same VMA range.
send_gdb "overlay list\n"
gdb_expect {
diff --git a/gdb/testsuite/gdb.base/remote.exp b/gdb/testsuite/gdb.base/remote.exp
index a3c34eb..3d11790 100644
--- a/gdb/testsuite/gdb.base/remote.exp
+++ b/gdb/testsuite/gdb.base/remote.exp
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ if {$result != "" } then {
#
-# Part ONE: Check the down load commands
+# Part ONE: Check the download commands
#
gdb_test "show remote memory-write-packet-size" \
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ gdb_test "show remote memory-write-packet-size" \
"set write-packet - very-small"
#
-# Part TWO: Check the download behavour
+# Part TWO: Check the download behavior
#
proc gdb_load_timed {executable class writesize} {
@@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ gdb_load_timed $binfile "limit" 0
set sizeof_random_data [get_sizeof "random_data" 48*1024]
#
-# Part THREE: Check the upload behavour
+# Part THREE: Check the upload behavior
#
if ![runto_main] then {
fail "Cannot run to main"
diff --git a/gdb/testsuite/gdb.base/savedregs.exp b/gdb/testsuite/gdb.base/savedregs.exp
index eea30d1..cab5ec1 100644
--- a/gdb/testsuite/gdb.base/savedregs.exp
+++ b/gdb/testsuite/gdb.base/savedregs.exp
@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ proc process_saved_regs { current inner outer } {
# and for dummy frames won't have saved registers. If there's a
# problem, fail but capture the output anyway, hopefully later
# "info frame" requests for that same frame will at least fail in
- # a consistent manner (stops propogated fails).
+ # a consistent manner (stops propagated fails).
foreach func $inner {
set saved_regs($func) "error"
diff --git a/gdb/testsuite/gdb.base/scope.exp b/gdb/testsuite/gdb.base/scope.exp
index 37d0657..5f2d960 100644
--- a/gdb/testsuite/gdb.base/scope.exp
+++ b/gdb/testsuite/gdb.base/scope.exp
@@ -511,7 +511,7 @@ gdb_test "print 'scope0.c'::filelocal_ro" "= 201"
# For PA boards using monitor/remote-pa.c, the bss test is going to
# randomly fail. We've already put remote-pa on the target stack,
# so we actually read memory from the board. Problem is crt0.o
-# is responsible for clearing bss and that hasnt' happened yet.
+# is responsible for clearing bss and that hasn't happened yet.
#
# This is a problem for all non-native targets. -- manson
if [is_remote target] {
diff --git a/gdb/testsuite/gdb.base/sigbpt.exp b/gdb/testsuite/gdb.base/sigbpt.exp
index d291c97..8a1c638 100644
--- a/gdb/testsuite/gdb.base/sigbpt.exp
+++ b/gdb/testsuite/gdb.base/sigbpt.exp
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
# This test is known to tickle the following problems: kernel letting
# the inferior execute both the system call, and the instruction
# following, when single-stepping a system call; kernel failing to
-# propogate the single-step state when single-stepping the sigreturn
+# propagate the single-step state when single-stepping the sigreturn
# system call, instead resuming the inferior at full speed; GDB
# doesn't know how to software single-step across a sigreturn
# instruction. Since the kernel problems can be "fixed" using
diff --git a/gdb/testsuite/gdb.base/signals.exp b/gdb/testsuite/gdb.base/signals.exp
index 677e77f..2c616bb 100644
--- a/gdb/testsuite/gdb.base/signals.exp
+++ b/gdb/testsuite/gdb.base/signals.exp
@@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ if [runto_main] then {
"next to ++count #2"
sleep 2
- # ...call the function, which is immediatly interrupted
+ # ...call the function, which is immediately interrupted
gdb_test "p func1 ()" \
"Breakpoint \[0-9\]*, handler.*
diff --git a/gdb/testsuite/gdb.base/signull.exp b/gdb/testsuite/gdb.base/signull.exp
index a10c83e..c283167 100644
--- a/gdb/testsuite/gdb.base/signull.exp
+++ b/gdb/testsuite/gdb.base/signull.exp
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ gdb_test "break keeper"
gdb_test "handle SIGSEGV" "SIGSEGV.*Yes.*Yes.*Yes.*Segmentation fault"
gdb_test "handle SIGBUS" "SIGBUS.*Yes.*Yes.*Yes.*Bus error"
-# For the given signal type, check that: the SIGSEGV occures; a
+# For the given signal type, check that: the SIGSEGV occurs; a
# backtrace from the SEGV works; the sigsegv is delivered; a backtrace
# through the SEGV works.
diff --git a/gdb/testsuite/gdb.base/store.exp b/gdb/testsuite/gdb.base/store.exp
index fed5c8a..895c321 100644
--- a/gdb/testsuite/gdb.base/store.exp
+++ b/gdb/testsuite/gdb.base/store.exp
@@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ proc check_field { t } {
gdb_test "continue" "register struct f_${t} u = f_${t};" \
"continue field ${t}"
- # Match either the return statement, or the line immediatly after
+ # Match either the return statement, or the line immediately after
# it. The compiler can end up merging the return statement into
# the return instruction.
gdb_test "next" "(return u;|\})" "next field ${t}"
diff --git a/gdb/testsuite/gdb.base/structs.exp b/gdb/testsuite/gdb.base/structs.exp
index 4fcef52..e9f4343 100644
--- a/gdb/testsuite/gdb.base/structs.exp
+++ b/gdb/testsuite/gdb.base/structs.exp
@@ -288,7 +288,7 @@ proc test_struct_returns { n } {
# Check that "return" works.
# GDB must always force the return of a function that has
- # a struct result. Dependant on the ABI, it may, or may not be
+ # a struct result. Dependent on the ABI, it may, or may not be
# possible to store the return value in a register.
# The relevant code looks like "L{n} = fun{n}()". The test forces
@@ -313,7 +313,7 @@ proc test_struct_returns { n } {
# known, both failed to print a final "source and line" and misplaced
# the frame ("No frame").
- # The test is writen so that it only reports one FAIL/PASS for the
+ # The test is written so that it only reports one FAIL/PASS for the
# entire operation. The value returned is checked further down.
# "return_value_known", if non-zero, indicates that GDB knew where
# the return value was located.
@@ -393,7 +393,7 @@ proc test_struct_returns { n } {
}
-re ".*${gdb_prompt} $" {
if $return_value_unimplemented {
- # What a suprize. The architecture hasn't implemented
+ # What a surprise. The architecture hasn't implemented
# return_value, and hence has to fail.
kfail "$test" gdb/1444
} else {
diff --git a/gdb/testsuite/gdb.base/watchpoint-stops-at-right-insn.exp b/gdb/testsuite/gdb.base/watchpoint-stops-at-right-insn.exp
index 4d158c3..a90faf3 100644
--- a/gdb/testsuite/gdb.base/watchpoint-stops-at-right-insn.exp
+++ b/gdb/testsuite/gdb.base/watchpoint-stops-at-right-insn.exp
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@
#
# If the target has non-continuable watchpoints, while GDB thinks it
# has continuable watchpoints, GDB will see a watchpoint trigger,
-# notice no value changed, and immediatly continue the target. Now,
+# notice no value changed, and immediately continue the target. Now,
# either the target manages to step-over the watchpoint transparently,
# and GDB thus fails to present to value change to the user, or, the
# watchpoint will keep re-triggering, with the program never making
diff --git a/gdb/testsuite/gdb.cell/mem-access.exp b/gdb/testsuite/gdb.cell/mem-access.exp
index 4ba5e48..0160004 100644
--- a/gdb/testsuite/gdb.cell/mem-access.exp
+++ b/gdb/testsuite/gdb.cell/mem-access.exp
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ if [get_compiler_info] {
return -1
}
-# Get the adress to symbol name. If $reg
+# Get the address to symbol name. If $reg
# is set to 1, get address from a register.
proc get_adress_from_name { name reg } {
global gdb_prompt
@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ proc get_adress_from_name { name reg } {
return ${adr}
}
-# Try to set a $value at adress $adr.
+# Try to set a $value at address $adr.
proc set_adr_content { adr value } {
gdb_test "set *$adr=$value" \
"" \
@@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ proc test_symbol_content { symbol value } {
"(symbol) $symbol==$value"
}
-# Check VARNAME. Check if it has the inital
+# Check VARNAME. Check if it has the initial
# value INITIALVALUE. Set it to NEWVALUE.
# Check if set properly. Do it via symbols and
# pointers.
diff --git a/gdb/testsuite/gdb.cp/rtti.exp b/gdb/testsuite/gdb.cp/rtti.exp
index 4969c4b..1e7e6a0 100644
--- a/gdb/testsuite/gdb.cp/rtti.exp
+++ b/gdb/testsuite/gdb.cp/rtti.exp
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ gdb_test_multiple "print *e1" "print *e1" {
# NOTE: carlton/2004-01-14: This test with an "<incomplete type>"
# message because, within rtt1.cc, GDB has no way of knowing that the
-# class is called 'n2::D2' instead of just 'D2'. This is an artifical
+# class is called 'n2::D2' instead of just 'D2'. This is an artificial
# test case, though: if we were using these classes in a more
# substantial way, G++ would emit more debug info. As is, I don't
# think there's anything that GDB can do about this case until G++
diff --git a/gdb/testsuite/gdb.cp/static-print-quit.exp b/gdb/testsuite/gdb.cp/static-print-quit.exp
index 6157245..05a02dc 100644
--- a/gdb/testsuite/gdb.cp/static-print-quit.exp
+++ b/gdb/testsuite/gdb.cp/static-print-quit.exp
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ gdb_test_multiple "" $test {
gdb_test "q" ".*"
-# Now the obstack is uninitialized. Excercise it.
+# Now the obstack is uninitialized. Exercise it.
gdb_test_no_output "set pagination off"
gdb_test "print c" ".*" "first print"
diff --git a/gdb/testsuite/gdb.cp/virtfunc.exp b/gdb/testsuite/gdb.cp/virtfunc.exp
index 04fe5aa..daed4a1 100644
--- a/gdb/testsuite/gdb.cp/virtfunc.exp
+++ b/gdb/testsuite/gdb.cp/virtfunc.exp
@@ -197,7 +197,7 @@ proc test_virtual_calls {} {
# wrong value "202"
# gcc 2.95.3 -gdwarf-2
# gcc 2.95.3 -gstabs+
- # attempt to take addres of value not located in memory
+ # attempt to take address of value not located in memory
# gcc 3.3.2 -gdwarf-2
# gcc 3.3.2 -gstabs+
#
diff --git a/gdb/testsuite/gdb.dwarf2/dw2-ranges-base.exp b/gdb/testsuite/gdb.dwarf2/dw2-ranges-base.exp
index 3417a5c..88f5c5a 100644
--- a/gdb/testsuite/gdb.dwarf2/dw2-ranges-base.exp
+++ b/gdb/testsuite/gdb.dwarf2/dw2-ranges-base.exp
@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ Dwarf::assemble $asm_file {
[function_range frame3 [list ${srcdir}/${subdir}/$srcfile]]
# Very simple info for this test program. We don't care about
- # this information being correct (w.r.t. funtion / argument types)
+ # this information being correct (w.r.t. function / argument types)
# just so long as the compilation using makes use of the
# .debug_ranges data then the test achieves its objective.
cu {} {
diff --git a/gdb/testsuite/gdb.fortran/types.exp b/gdb/testsuite/gdb.fortran/types.exp
index 9eb799e..e6dfb44 100644
--- a/gdb/testsuite/gdb.fortran/types.exp
+++ b/gdb/testsuite/gdb.fortran/types.exp
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ proc test_float_literal_types_accepted {} {
# Test various floating point formats
# this used to guess whether to look for "real*4" or
- # "real*8" based on a target config variable, but noone
+ # "real*8" based on a target config variable, but no one
# maintained it properly.
gdb_test "pt .44" "type = real\\*\[0-9\]+"
diff --git a/gdb/testsuite/gdb.fortran/vla-value-sub-arbitrary.exp b/gdb/testsuite/gdb.fortran/vla-value-sub-arbitrary.exp
index ce33d70..a808c0b 100644
--- a/gdb/testsuite/gdb.fortran/vla-value-sub-arbitrary.exp
+++ b/gdb/testsuite/gdb.fortran/vla-value-sub-arbitrary.exp
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ if ![runto_main] {
return -1
}
-# Check VLA with arbitary length and check that elements outside of
+# Check VLA with arbitrary length and check that elements outside of
# bounds of the passed VLA can be accessed correctly.
gdb_breakpoint [gdb_get_line_number "end-of-bar"]
gdb_continue_to_breakpoint "end-of-bar"
diff --git a/gdb/testsuite/gdb.go/integers.exp b/gdb/testsuite/gdb.go/integers.exp
index b823f5a..09e447f 100644
--- a/gdb/testsuite/gdb.go/integers.exp
+++ b/gdb/testsuite/gdb.go/integers.exp
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ gdb_test "print i + k" " = 4"
gdb_test "print j + k" " = 5"
gdb_test "print i + j + k" " = 6"
-# Test substraction
+# Test subtraction
gdb_test "print j - i" " = 1"
gdb_test "print i - j" "= -1"
gdb_test "print k -i -j" " = 0"
diff --git a/gdb/testsuite/gdb.mi/mi-breakpoint-changed.exp b/gdb/testsuite/gdb.mi/mi-breakpoint-changed.exp
index cda8c4a..fb76e78 100644
--- a/gdb/testsuite/gdb.mi/mi-breakpoint-changed.exp
+++ b/gdb/testsuite/gdb.mi/mi-breakpoint-changed.exp
@@ -157,7 +157,7 @@ with_test_prefix "test_insert_delete_modify" {
test_insert_delete_modify
}
-# Test 'breakpoint-modified' notification is emited when pending breakpoints are
+# Test 'breakpoint-modified' notification is emitted when pending breakpoints are
# resolved.
proc test_pending_resolved { } {
diff --git a/gdb/testsuite/gdb.multi/multi-arch-exec.exp b/gdb/testsuite/gdb.multi/multi-arch-exec.exp
index 88e5a62..c2e2314 100644
--- a/gdb/testsuite/gdb.multi/multi-arch-exec.exp
+++ b/gdb/testsuite/gdb.multi/multi-arch-exec.exp
@@ -82,6 +82,6 @@ if ![runto_main] then {
return -1
}
-# Test that GDB updates the target description / arch successfuly
+# Test that GDB updates the target description / arch successfully
# after the exec.
gdb_test "continue" "Breakpoint 1, main.*" "continue across exec that changes architecture"
diff --git a/gdb/testsuite/gdb.pascal/floats.exp b/gdb/testsuite/gdb.pascal/floats.exp
index 43065ed..3e580e0 100644
--- a/gdb/testsuite/gdb.pascal/floats.exp
+++ b/gdb/testsuite/gdb.pascal/floats.exp
@@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ gdb_test "print r + (-1)" " = 0\\.2(499.*|5|500.*)"
gdb_test "print r + (-5)" " = -3\\.7(499.*|5|500.*)"
gdb_test "print r + (-10)" " = -8\\.7(499.*|5|500.*)"
-# Test substraction
+# Test subtraction
gdb_test "print r - s" " = -0\\.9(499.*|5|500.*)"
gdb_test "print r - t" " = 4\\.4(499.*|5|500.*)"
diff --git a/gdb/testsuite/gdb.pascal/integers.exp b/gdb/testsuite/gdb.pascal/integers.exp
index ec9739c..18a66fd 100644
--- a/gdb/testsuite/gdb.pascal/integers.exp
+++ b/gdb/testsuite/gdb.pascal/integers.exp
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ gdb_test "print i + k" " = 4"
gdb_test "print j + k" " = 5"
gdb_test "print i + j + k" " = 6"
-# Test substraction
+# Test subtraction
gdb_test "print j - i" " = 1"
gdb_test "print i - j" "= -1"
gdb_test "print k -i -j" " = 0"
diff --git a/gdb/testsuite/gdb.pascal/types.exp b/gdb/testsuite/gdb.pascal/types.exp
index 112c612..863e3f2 100644
--- a/gdb/testsuite/gdb.pascal/types.exp
+++ b/gdb/testsuite/gdb.pascal/types.exp
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ proc test_float_literal_types_accepted {} {
# Test various floating point formats
# this used to guess whether to look for "real*4" or
- # "real*8" based on a target config variable, but noone
+ # "real*8" based on a target config variable, but no one
# maintained it properly.
gdb_test "pt .44" "type = double"
diff --git a/gdb/testsuite/gdb.reverse/step-precsave.exp b/gdb/testsuite/gdb.reverse/step-precsave.exp
index 92574b6..662521e 100644
--- a/gdb/testsuite/gdb.reverse/step-precsave.exp
+++ b/gdb/testsuite/gdb.reverse/step-precsave.exp
@@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ gdb_test_multiple "stepi" "$test_message" {
}
}
-# stepi thru return of a function call
+# stepi through return of a function call
set test_message "stepi back from function call"
gdb_test_multiple "stepi" "$test_message" {
@@ -167,7 +167,7 @@ gdb_test_multiple "stepi" "$test_message" {
gdb_test_no_output "set exec-dir reverse" "set reverse execution"
-# stepi backward thru return and into a function
+# stepi backward through return and into a function
set stepi_location [gdb_get_line_number "ARRIVED IN CALLEE" "$srcfile"]
set test_message "reverse stepi thru function return"
@@ -238,12 +238,12 @@ gdb_test_multiple "stepi" "$test_message" {
}
}
-# step backward into function (thru return)
+# step backward into function (through return)
gdb_test "step" "(RETURN FROM CALLEE|ARRIVED IN CALLEE).*" \
"reverse step into fn call"
-# step backward out of called function (thru call)
+# step backward out of called function (through call)
set test_message "reverse step out of called fn"
gdb_test_multiple "step" "$test_message" {
diff --git a/gdb/testsuite/gdb.reverse/step-reverse.exp b/gdb/testsuite/gdb.reverse/step-reverse.exp
index 6f1e8b6..7bcb93b 100644
--- a/gdb/testsuite/gdb.reverse/step-reverse.exp
+++ b/gdb/testsuite/gdb.reverse/step-reverse.exp
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ gdb_test_multiple "stepi" "$test_message" {
}
}
-# stepi thru return of a function call
+# stepi through return of a function call
set test_message "stepi back from function call"
gdb_test_multiple "stepi" "$test_message" {
@@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ gdb_test_multiple "stepi" "$test_message" {
gdb_test_no_output "set exec-dir reverse" "set reverse execution"
-# stepi backward thru return and into a function
+# stepi backward through return and into a function
set stepi_location [gdb_get_line_number "ARRIVED IN CALLEE" "$srcfile"]
set test_message "reverse stepi thru function return"
@@ -211,12 +211,12 @@ gdb_test_multiple "stepi" "$test_message" {
}
}
-# step backward into function (thru return)
+# step backward into function (through return)
gdb_test "step" "(RETURN FROM CALLEE|ARRIVED IN CALLEE).*" \
"reverse step into fn call"
-# step backward out of called function (thru call)
+# step backward out of called function (through call)
set test_message "reverse step out of called fn"
gdb_test_multiple "step" "$test_message" {
diff --git a/gdb/testsuite/gdb.threads/thread_check.exp b/gdb/testsuite/gdb.threads/thread_check.exp
index 52c6fa4..7dd7ff4 100644
--- a/gdb/testsuite/gdb.threads/thread_check.exp
+++ b/gdb/testsuite/gdb.threads/thread_check.exp
@@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ if ![runto_main] then {
#
-# set breakpoint at thread fucntion tf
+# set breakpoint at thread function tf
#
gdb_test "break tf" \
"Breakpoint.*at.* file .*$srcfile, line.*" \
diff --git a/gdb/testsuite/gdb.trace/collection.exp b/gdb/testsuite/gdb.trace/collection.exp
index f225429..8107802 100644
--- a/gdb/testsuite/gdb.trace/collection.exp
+++ b/gdb/testsuite/gdb.trace/collection.exp
@@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ proc gdb_collect_args_test { myargs msg } {
# collected. In C, an array as function parameters is a special
# case; it's just a pointer into the caller's array, and as such,
# that's what normally the debug info describes. Maybe this was
- # originaly written for a compiler where array parameters were
+ # originally written for a compiler where array parameters were
# really described as arrays in debug info.
setup_xfail "*-*-*"
@@ -249,7 +249,7 @@ proc gdb_collect_argarray_test { myargs msg } {
# collected. In C, an array as function parameters is a special
# case; it's just a pointer into the caller's array, and as such,
# that's what normally the debug info describes. Maybe this was
- # originaly written for a compiler where array parameters were
+ # originally written for a compiler where array parameters were
# really described as arrays in debug info.
setup_xfail "*-*-*"
diff --git a/gdb/testsuite/gdb.trace/mi-tracepoint-changed.exp b/gdb/testsuite/gdb.trace/mi-tracepoint-changed.exp
index a0e49af..ecde32c 100644
--- a/gdb/testsuite/gdb.trace/mi-tracepoint-changed.exp
+++ b/gdb/testsuite/gdb.trace/mi-tracepoint-changed.exp
@@ -157,7 +157,7 @@ proc test_reconnect { } {
}
}
-# Test 'breakpoint-modified' notification is emited when pending tracepoints are
+# Test 'breakpoint-modified' notification is emitted when pending tracepoints are
# resolved.
proc test_pending_resolved { } {
diff --git a/gdb/testsuite/lib/gdb.exp b/gdb/testsuite/lib/gdb.exp
index e1e9880..bab99b3 100644
--- a/gdb/testsuite/lib/gdb.exp
+++ b/gdb/testsuite/lib/gdb.exp
@@ -1015,7 +1015,7 @@ proc gdb_test { args } {
# Send a command to GDB and verify that this command generated no output.
#
# See gdb_test_multiple for a description of the COMMAND and MESSAGE
-# parameters. If MESSAGE is ommitted, then COMMAND will be used as
+# parameters. If MESSAGE is omitted, then COMMAND will be used as
# the message. (If MESSAGE is the empty string, then sometimes we do not
# call pass or fail at all; I don't understand this at all.)
@@ -1249,7 +1249,7 @@ proc gdb_test_list_exact { cmd name elm_find_regexp elm_extract_regexp result_ma
#
# Both inferior and gdb patterns must match for a PASS.
#
-# If MESSAGE is ommitted, then COMMAND will be used as the message.
+# If MESSAGE is omitted, then COMMAND will be used as the message.
#
# Returns:
# 1 if the test failed,
@@ -3512,7 +3512,7 @@ proc gdb_compile {source dest type options} {
# Force output to unbuffered mode, by linking in an object file
# with a global contructor that calls setvbuf.
#
- # Compile the special object seperatelly for two reasons:
+ # Compile the special object separately for two reasons:
# 1) Insulate it from $options.
# 2) Avoid compiling it for every gdb_compile invocation,
# which is time consuming, especially if we're remote
@@ -5553,7 +5553,7 @@ proc get_integer_valueof { exp default } {
# Retrieve the value of EXP in the inferior, as an hexadecimal value
# (using "print /x"). DEFAULT is used as fallback if print fails.
-# TEST is the test message to use. If can be ommitted, in which case
+# TEST is the test message to use. If can be omitted, in which case
# a test message is built from EXP.
proc get_hexadecimal_valueof { exp default {test ""} } {
diff --git a/gdb/testsuite/lib/prelink-support.exp b/gdb/testsuite/lib/prelink-support.exp
index 0584669..1b45278 100644
--- a/gdb/testsuite/lib/prelink-support.exp
+++ b/gdb/testsuite/lib/prelink-support.exp
@@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ proc symlink_resolve {file} {
}
# Copy SRC to DEST, resolving any symlinks in SRC. Return nonzero iff
-# the copy was succesful.
+# the copy was successful.
#
# This function is guaranteed to never raise any exception, even when the copy
# fails.
@@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ proc file_copy {src dest} {
# depend on system libraries. To properly prelink an executable, all
# of its dynamically linked libraries must be prelinked as well. If
# the executable depends on some system libraries, we may not have
-# sufficient write priviledges on these files to perform the prelink.
+# sufficient write privileges on these files to perform the prelink.
# This is why we make a copy of these shared libraries, and link the
# executable against these copies instead.
#
--
2.7.4
^ permalink raw reply [flat|nested] 21+ messages in thread* [PATCH 05/17] Fix spelling in comments in C source files (opcodes)
2016-11-25 19:48 [PATCH 00/17] Fix spelling mistakes in comments - GDB Ambrogino Modigliani
2016-11-25 19:47 ` [PATCH 07/17] Fix spelling in comments in Assembler files (gdb) Ambrogino Modigliani
2016-11-25 19:47 ` [PATCH 08/17] Fix spelling in comments in Expect scripts (gdb) Ambrogino Modigliani
@ 2016-11-25 19:47 ` Ambrogino Modigliani
2016-11-25 19:47 ` [PATCH 06/17] Fix spelling in comments in C source files (readline) Ambrogino Modigliani
` (13 subsequent siblings)
16 siblings, 0 replies; 21+ messages in thread
From: Ambrogino Modigliani @ 2016-11-25 19:47 UTC (permalink / raw)
To: gdb-patches, pedro_alves, ambrogino.modigliani, ambrogino.modigliani
opcodes/ChangeLog:
* aarch64-asm.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* aarch64-dis.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* arc-dis.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* arm-dis.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* cgen-asm.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* cgen-dis.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* cgen-opc.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* dis-buf.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* epiphany-asm.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* epiphany-dis.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* fr30-asm.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* fr30-dis.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* frv-asm.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* frv-dis.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* frv-opc.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* hppa-dis.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* i386-dis.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* i386-opc.h: Fix spelling in comments.
* ip2k-asm.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* ip2k-dis.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* iq2000-asm.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* iq2000-dis.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* lm32-asm.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* lm32-dis.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* m32c-asm.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* m32c-dis.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* m32r-asm.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* m32r-dis.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* m68hc11-opc.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* m68k-dis.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* m68k-opc.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* mep-asm.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* mep-dis.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* metag-dis.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* msp430-decode.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* msp430-dis.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* mt-asm.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* mt-dis.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* ns32k-dis.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* opintl.h: Fix spelling in comments.
* or1k-asm.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* or1k-desc.h: Fix spelling in comments.
* or1k-dis.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* ppc-opc.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* sh-dis.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* sh64-dis.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* tic30-dis.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* v850-opc.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* xc16x-asm.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* xc16x-dis.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* xstormy16-asm.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* xstormy16-dis.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* xtensa-dis.c: Fix spelling in comments.
---
opcodes/aarch64-asm.c | 2 +-
opcodes/aarch64-dis.c | 4 ++--
opcodes/arc-dis.c | 6 +++---
opcodes/arm-dis.c | 8 ++++----
opcodes/cgen-asm.c | 4 ++--
opcodes/cgen-dis.c | 4 ++--
opcodes/cgen-opc.c | 2 +-
opcodes/dis-buf.c | 2 +-
opcodes/epiphany-asm.c | 2 +-
opcodes/epiphany-dis.c | 2 +-
opcodes/fr30-asm.c | 2 +-
opcodes/fr30-dis.c | 2 +-
opcodes/frv-asm.c | 2 +-
opcodes/frv-dis.c | 2 +-
opcodes/frv-opc.c | 2 +-
opcodes/hppa-dis.c | 2 +-
opcodes/i386-dis.c | 2 +-
opcodes/i386-opc.h | 2 +-
opcodes/ip2k-asm.c | 2 +-
opcodes/ip2k-dis.c | 2 +-
opcodes/iq2000-asm.c | 2 +-
opcodes/iq2000-dis.c | 2 +-
opcodes/lm32-asm.c | 2 +-
opcodes/lm32-dis.c | 2 +-
opcodes/m32c-asm.c | 2 +-
opcodes/m32c-dis.c | 2 +-
opcodes/m32r-asm.c | 2 +-
opcodes/m32r-dis.c | 2 +-
opcodes/m68hc11-opc.c | 2 +-
opcodes/m68k-dis.c | 2 +-
opcodes/m68k-opc.c | 2 +-
opcodes/mep-asm.c | 2 +-
opcodes/mep-dis.c | 6 +++---
opcodes/metag-dis.c | 2 +-
opcodes/msp430-decode.c | 2 +-
opcodes/msp430-dis.c | 2 +-
opcodes/mt-asm.c | 2 +-
opcodes/mt-dis.c | 2 +-
opcodes/ns32k-dis.c | 2 +-
opcodes/opintl.h | 2 +-
opcodes/or1k-asm.c | 2 +-
opcodes/or1k-desc.h | 2 +-
opcodes/or1k-dis.c | 2 +-
opcodes/ppc-opc.c | 6 +++---
opcodes/sh-dis.c | 2 +-
opcodes/sh64-dis.c | 2 +-
opcodes/tic30-dis.c | 2 +-
opcodes/v850-opc.c | 2 +-
opcodes/xc16x-asm.c | 2 +-
opcodes/xc16x-dis.c | 2 +-
opcodes/xstormy16-asm.c | 2 +-
opcodes/xstormy16-dis.c | 2 +-
opcodes/xtensa-dis.c | 2 +-
53 files changed, 65 insertions(+), 65 deletions(-)
diff --git a/opcodes/aarch64-asm.c b/opcodes/aarch64-asm.c
index cfe6630..9f31e35 100644
--- a/opcodes/aarch64-asm.c
+++ b/opcodes/aarch64-asm.c
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@
these fields where the VALUE will be inserted into CODE. MASK can be zero or
the base mask of the opcode.
- N.B. the fields are required to be in such an order than the least signficant
+ N.B. the fields are required to be in such an order than the least significant
field for VALUE comes the first, e.g. the <index> in
SQDMLAL <Va><d>, <Vb><n>, <Vm>.<Ts>[<index>]
is encoded in H:L:M in some cases, the fields H:L:M should be passed in
diff --git a/opcodes/aarch64-dis.c b/opcodes/aarch64-dis.c
index bcf5232..e445cf7 100644
--- a/opcodes/aarch64-dis.c
+++ b/opcodes/aarch64-dis.c
@@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ parse_aarch64_dis_options (const char *options)
these fields where the VALUE will be extracted from CODE and returned.
MASK can be zero or the base mask of the opcode.
- N.B. the fields are required to be in such an order than the most signficant
+ N.B. the fields are required to be in such an order than the most significant
field for VALUE comes the first, e.g. the <index> in
SQDMLAL <Va><d>, <Vb><n>, <Vm>.<Ts>[<index>]
is encoded in H:L:M in some cases, the fields H:L:M should be passed in
@@ -3125,7 +3125,7 @@ print_insn_aarch64 (bfd_vma pc,
n = last_mapping_sym;
/* No mapping symbol found at this address. Look backwards
- for a preceeding one. */
+ for a preceding one. */
for (; n >= 0; n--)
{
if (get_sym_code_type (info, n, &type))
diff --git a/opcodes/arc-dis.c b/opcodes/arc-dis.c
index 31b5a91..9abc65b 100644
--- a/opcodes/arc-dis.c
+++ b/opcodes/arc-dis.c
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ static int addrtypenames_max = ARC_NUM_ADDRTYPES - 1;
static const char * const addrtypeunknown = "unknown";
/* This structure keeps track which instruction class(es)
- should be ignored durring disassembling. */
+ should be ignored during disassembling. */
typedef struct skipclass
{
@@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ typedef struct skipclass
struct skipclass *nxt;
} skipclass_t, *linkclass;
-/* Intial classes of instructions to be consider first when
+/* Initial classes of instructions to be consider first when
disassembling. */
static linkclass decodelist = NULL;
@@ -399,7 +399,7 @@ find_format (bfd_vma memaddr,
if (opcode == NULL)
{
(*info->fprintf_func) (info->stream, "\
-An error occured while generating the extension instruction operations");
+An error occurred while generating the extension instruction operations");
*opcode_result = NULL;
return FALSE;
}
diff --git a/opcodes/arm-dis.c b/opcodes/arm-dis.c
index 87d4930..79fad83 100644
--- a/opcodes/arm-dis.c
+++ b/opcodes/arm-dis.c
@@ -3342,7 +3342,7 @@ arm_decode_shift (long given, fprintf_ftype func, void *stream,
#define PRE_BIT_SET (given & (1 << P_BIT))
/* Print one coprocessor instruction on INFO->STREAM.
- Return TRUE if the instuction matched, FALSE if this is not a
+ Return TRUE if the instruction matched, FALSE if this is not a
recognised coprocessor instruction. */
static bfd_boolean
@@ -4083,7 +4083,7 @@ print_arm_address (bfd_vma pc, struct disassemble_info *info, long given)
}
/* Print one neon instruction on INFO->STREAM.
- Return TRUE if the instuction matched, FALSE if this is not a
+ Return TRUE if the instruction matched, FALSE if this is not a
recognised neon instruction. */
static bfd_boolean
@@ -6141,10 +6141,10 @@ parse_disassembler_options (char *options)
{
parse_arm_disassembler_option (options);
- /* Skip forward to next seperator. */
+ /* Skip forward to next separator. */
while ((*options) && (! ISSPACE (*options)) && (*options != ','))
++ options;
- /* Skip forward past seperators. */
+ /* Skip forward past separators. */
while (ISSPACE (*options) || (*options == ','))
++ options;
}
diff --git a/opcodes/cgen-asm.c b/opcodes/cgen-asm.c
index 73ac378..da58559 100644
--- a/opcodes/cgen-asm.c
+++ b/opcodes/cgen-asm.c
@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ cgen_init_parse_operand (CGEN_CPU_DESC cd)
The result is a pointer to the next entry to use.
The table is scanned backwards as additions are made to the front of the
- list and we want earlier ones to be prefered. */
+ list and we want earlier ones to be preferred. */
static CGEN_INSN_LIST *
hash_insn_array (CGEN_CPU_DESC cd,
@@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ build_asm_hash_table (CGEN_CPU_DESC cd)
asm_hash_table, hash_entry_buf);
/* Add runtime added insns.
- Later added insns will be prefered over earlier ones. */
+ Later added insns will be preferred over earlier ones. */
hash_entry_buf = hash_insn_list (cd, insn_table->new_entries,
asm_hash_table, hash_entry_buf);
diff --git a/opcodes/cgen-dis.c b/opcodes/cgen-dis.c
index 2d0f701..d89c492 100644
--- a/opcodes/cgen-dis.c
+++ b/opcodes/cgen-dis.c
@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ add_insn_to_hash_chain (CGEN_INSN_LIST *hentbuf,
The result is a pointer to the next entry to use.
The table is scanned backwards as additions are made to the front of the
- list and we want earlier ones to be prefered. */
+ list and we want earlier ones to be preferred. */
static CGEN_INSN_LIST *
hash_insn_array (CGEN_CPU_DESC cd,
@@ -210,7 +210,7 @@ build_dis_hash_table (CGEN_CPU_DESC cd)
dis_hash_table, hash_entry_buf);
/* Add runtime added insns.
- Later added insns will be prefered over earlier ones. */
+ Later added insns will be preferred over earlier ones. */
hash_entry_buf = hash_insn_list (cd, insn_table->new_entries,
dis_hash_table, hash_entry_buf);
diff --git a/opcodes/cgen-opc.c b/opcodes/cgen-opc.c
index 543ce32..e8711d9 100644
--- a/opcodes/cgen-opc.c
+++ b/opcodes/cgen-opc.c
@@ -249,7 +249,7 @@ build_keyword_hash_tables (CGEN_KEYWORD *kt)
memset (kt->value_hash_table, 0, size * sizeof (CGEN_KEYWORD_ENTRY *));
/* The table is scanned backwards as we want keywords appearing earlier to
- be prefered over later ones. */
+ be preferred over later ones. */
for (i = kt->num_init_entries - 1; i >= 0; --i)
cgen_keyword_add (kt, &kt->init_entries[i]);
}
diff --git a/opcodes/dis-buf.c b/opcodes/dis-buf.c
index d46c772..76722a8 100644
--- a/opcodes/dis-buf.c
+++ b/opcodes/dis-buf.c
@@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ perror_memory (int status,
}
}
-/* This could be in a separate file, to save miniscule amounts of space
+/* This could be in a separate file, to save minuscule amounts of space
in statically linked executables. */
/* Just print the address is hex. This is included for completeness even
diff --git a/opcodes/epiphany-asm.c b/opcodes/epiphany-asm.c
index 41acc42..9ed5f6e 100644
--- a/opcodes/epiphany-asm.c
+++ b/opcodes/epiphany-asm.c
@@ -742,7 +742,7 @@ parse_insn_normal (CGEN_CPU_DESC cd,
still needs to be converted to target byte order, otherwise BUF is an array
of bytes in target byte order.
The result is a pointer to the insn's entry in the opcode table,
- or NULL if an error occured (an error message will have already been
+ or NULL if an error occurred (an error message will have already been
printed).
Note that when processing (non-alias) macro-insns,
diff --git a/opcodes/epiphany-dis.c b/opcodes/epiphany-dis.c
index 2838b06..89c2479 100644
--- a/opcodes/epiphany-dis.c
+++ b/opcodes/epiphany-dis.c
@@ -537,7 +537,7 @@ print_insn (CGEN_CPU_DESC cd,
/* Default value for CGEN_PRINT_INSN.
The result is the size of the insn in bytes or zero for an unknown insn
- or -1 if an error occured fetching bytes. */
+ or -1 if an error occurred fetching bytes. */
#ifndef CGEN_PRINT_INSN
#define CGEN_PRINT_INSN default_print_insn
diff --git a/opcodes/fr30-asm.c b/opcodes/fr30-asm.c
index 5c5871b..979c06c 100644
--- a/opcodes/fr30-asm.c
+++ b/opcodes/fr30-asm.c
@@ -597,7 +597,7 @@ parse_insn_normal (CGEN_CPU_DESC cd,
still needs to be converted to target byte order, otherwise BUF is an array
of bytes in target byte order.
The result is a pointer to the insn's entry in the opcode table,
- or NULL if an error occured (an error message will have already been
+ or NULL if an error occurred (an error message will have already been
printed).
Note that when processing (non-alias) macro-insns,
diff --git a/opcodes/fr30-dis.c b/opcodes/fr30-dis.c
index 77ddb50..9761a52 100644
--- a/opcodes/fr30-dis.c
+++ b/opcodes/fr30-dis.c
@@ -558,7 +558,7 @@ print_insn (CGEN_CPU_DESC cd,
/* Default value for CGEN_PRINT_INSN.
The result is the size of the insn in bytes or zero for an unknown insn
- or -1 if an error occured fetching bytes. */
+ or -1 if an error occurred fetching bytes. */
#ifndef CGEN_PRINT_INSN
#define CGEN_PRINT_INSN default_print_insn
diff --git a/opcodes/frv-asm.c b/opcodes/frv-asm.c
index 05df62d..65c8664 100644
--- a/opcodes/frv-asm.c
+++ b/opcodes/frv-asm.c
@@ -1550,7 +1550,7 @@ parse_insn_normal (CGEN_CPU_DESC cd,
still needs to be converted to target byte order, otherwise BUF is an array
of bytes in target byte order.
The result is a pointer to the insn's entry in the opcode table,
- or NULL if an error occured (an error message will have already been
+ or NULL if an error occurred (an error message will have already been
printed).
Note that when processing (non-alias) macro-insns,
diff --git a/opcodes/frv-dis.c b/opcodes/frv-dis.c
index 663ce36..708e1e6 100644
--- a/opcodes/frv-dis.c
+++ b/opcodes/frv-dis.c
@@ -655,7 +655,7 @@ print_insn (CGEN_CPU_DESC cd,
/* Default value for CGEN_PRINT_INSN.
The result is the size of the insn in bytes or zero for an unknown insn
- or -1 if an error occured fetching bytes. */
+ or -1 if an error occurred fetching bytes. */
#ifndef CGEN_PRINT_INSN
#define CGEN_PRINT_INSN default_print_insn
diff --git a/opcodes/frv-opc.c b/opcodes/frv-opc.c
index 2aed2f6..3b4e513 100644
--- a/opcodes/frv-opc.c
+++ b/opcodes/frv-opc.c
@@ -441,7 +441,7 @@ match_vliw (VLIW_COMBO *vliw1, VLIW_COMBO *vliw2, int vliw_size)
return TRUE;
}
-/* Find the next vliw vliw in the table that can accomodate the new insn.
+/* Find the next vliw vliw in the table that can accommodate the new insn.
If one is found then return it. Otherwise return NULL. */
static VLIW_COMBO *
diff --git a/opcodes/hppa-dis.c b/opcodes/hppa-dis.c
index 6b3dcde..38e57a6 100644
--- a/opcodes/hppa-dis.c
+++ b/opcodes/hppa-dis.c
@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ static const char *const fp_reg_names[] =
typedef unsigned int CORE_ADDR;
-/* Get at various relevent fields of an instruction word. */
+/* Get at various relevant fields of an instruction word. */
#define MASK_5 0x1f
#define MASK_10 0x3ff
diff --git a/opcodes/i386-dis.c b/opcodes/i386-dis.c
index 5f49f91..1ebae7a 100644
--- a/opcodes/i386-dis.c
+++ b/opcodes/i386-dis.c
@@ -610,7 +610,7 @@ enum
/* Static rounding. */
evex_rounding_mode,
- /* Supress all exceptions. */
+ /* Suppress all exceptions. */
evex_sae_mode,
/* Mask register operand. */
diff --git a/opcodes/i386-opc.h b/opcodes/i386-opc.h
index ba04ce4..bd4d844 100644
--- a/opcodes/i386-opc.h
+++ b/opcodes/i386-opc.h
@@ -556,7 +556,7 @@ enum
/* Static rounding control is supported. */
StaticRounding,
- /* Supress All Exceptions is supported. */
+ /* Suppress All Exceptions is supported. */
SAE,
/* Copressed Disp8*N attribute. */
diff --git a/opcodes/ip2k-asm.c b/opcodes/ip2k-asm.c
index 571f596..4396ea7 100644
--- a/opcodes/ip2k-asm.c
+++ b/opcodes/ip2k-asm.c
@@ -798,7 +798,7 @@ parse_insn_normal (CGEN_CPU_DESC cd,
still needs to be converted to target byte order, otherwise BUF is an array
of bytes in target byte order.
The result is a pointer to the insn's entry in the opcode table,
- or NULL if an error occured (an error message will have already been
+ or NULL if an error occurred (an error message will have already been
printed).
Note that when processing (non-alias) macro-insns,
diff --git a/opcodes/ip2k-dis.c b/opcodes/ip2k-dis.c
index 00b7150..5ed3e5f 100644
--- a/opcodes/ip2k-dis.c
+++ b/opcodes/ip2k-dis.c
@@ -547,7 +547,7 @@ print_insn (CGEN_CPU_DESC cd,
/* Default value for CGEN_PRINT_INSN.
The result is the size of the insn in bytes or zero for an unknown insn
- or -1 if an error occured fetching bytes. */
+ or -1 if an error occurred fetching bytes. */
#ifndef CGEN_PRINT_INSN
#define CGEN_PRINT_INSN default_print_insn
diff --git a/opcodes/iq2000-asm.c b/opcodes/iq2000-asm.c
index 9cd4a87..19d221f 100644
--- a/opcodes/iq2000-asm.c
+++ b/opcodes/iq2000-asm.c
@@ -746,7 +746,7 @@ parse_insn_normal (CGEN_CPU_DESC cd,
still needs to be converted to target byte order, otherwise BUF is an array
of bytes in target byte order.
The result is a pointer to the insn's entry in the opcode table,
- or NULL if an error occured (an error message will have already been
+ or NULL if an error occurred (an error message will have already been
printed).
Note that when processing (non-alias) macro-insns,
diff --git a/opcodes/iq2000-dis.c b/opcodes/iq2000-dis.c
index 540cdce..499a4ed 100644
--- a/opcodes/iq2000-dis.c
+++ b/opcodes/iq2000-dis.c
@@ -448,7 +448,7 @@ print_insn (CGEN_CPU_DESC cd,
/* Default value for CGEN_PRINT_INSN.
The result is the size of the insn in bytes or zero for an unknown insn
- or -1 if an error occured fetching bytes. */
+ or -1 if an error occurred fetching bytes. */
#ifndef CGEN_PRINT_INSN
#define CGEN_PRINT_INSN default_print_insn
diff --git a/opcodes/lm32-asm.c b/opcodes/lm32-asm.c
index 416236c..765807b 100644
--- a/opcodes/lm32-asm.c
+++ b/opcodes/lm32-asm.c
@@ -636,7 +636,7 @@ parse_insn_normal (CGEN_CPU_DESC cd,
still needs to be converted to target byte order, otherwise BUF is an array
of bytes in target byte order.
The result is a pointer to the insn's entry in the opcode table,
- or NULL if an error occured (an error message will have already been
+ or NULL if an error occurred (an error message will have already been
printed).
Note that when processing (non-alias) macro-insns,
diff --git a/opcodes/lm32-dis.c b/opcodes/lm32-dis.c
index c25f412..d269efb 100644
--- a/opcodes/lm32-dis.c
+++ b/opcodes/lm32-dis.c
@@ -406,7 +406,7 @@ print_insn (CGEN_CPU_DESC cd,
/* Default value for CGEN_PRINT_INSN.
The result is the size of the insn in bytes or zero for an unknown insn
- or -1 if an error occured fetching bytes. */
+ or -1 if an error occurred fetching bytes. */
#ifndef CGEN_PRINT_INSN
#define CGEN_PRINT_INSN default_print_insn
diff --git a/opcodes/m32c-asm.c b/opcodes/m32c-asm.c
index 61c6802..2a31e6a 100644
--- a/opcodes/m32c-asm.c
+++ b/opcodes/m32c-asm.c
@@ -1871,7 +1871,7 @@ parse_insn_normal (CGEN_CPU_DESC cd,
still needs to be converted to target byte order, otherwise BUF is an array
of bytes in target byte order.
The result is a pointer to the insn's entry in the opcode table,
- or NULL if an error occured (an error message will have already been
+ or NULL if an error occurred (an error message will have already been
printed).
Note that when processing (non-alias) macro-insns,
diff --git a/opcodes/m32c-dis.c b/opcodes/m32c-dis.c
index 37a5ad1..40b0828 100644
--- a/opcodes/m32c-dis.c
+++ b/opcodes/m32c-dis.c
@@ -1150,7 +1150,7 @@ print_insn (CGEN_CPU_DESC cd,
/* Default value for CGEN_PRINT_INSN.
The result is the size of the insn in bytes or zero for an unknown insn
- or -1 if an error occured fetching bytes. */
+ or -1 if an error occurred fetching bytes. */
#ifndef CGEN_PRINT_INSN
#define CGEN_PRINT_INSN default_print_insn
diff --git a/opcodes/m32r-asm.c b/opcodes/m32r-asm.c
index 78f905a..f7e9c9b 100644
--- a/opcodes/m32r-asm.c
+++ b/opcodes/m32r-asm.c
@@ -615,7 +615,7 @@ parse_insn_normal (CGEN_CPU_DESC cd,
still needs to be converted to target byte order, otherwise BUF is an array
of bytes in target byte order.
The result is a pointer to the insn's entry in the opcode table,
- or NULL if an error occured (an error message will have already been
+ or NULL if an error occurred (an error message will have already been
printed).
Note that when processing (non-alias) macro-insns,
diff --git a/opcodes/m32r-dis.c b/opcodes/m32r-dis.c
index 35057d5..ddfcd2a 100644
--- a/opcodes/m32r-dis.c
+++ b/opcodes/m32r-dis.c
@@ -538,7 +538,7 @@ print_insn (CGEN_CPU_DESC cd,
/* Default value for CGEN_PRINT_INSN.
The result is the size of the insn in bytes or zero for an unknown insn
- or -1 if an error occured fetching bytes. */
+ or -1 if an error occurred fetching bytes. */
#ifndef CGEN_PRINT_INSN
#define CGEN_PRINT_INSN default_print_insn
diff --git a/opcodes/m68hc11-opc.c b/opcodes/m68hc11-opc.c
index eee565a..6ca959f 100644
--- a/opcodes/m68hc11-opc.c
+++ b/opcodes/m68hc11-opc.c
@@ -1707,7 +1707,7 @@ const struct m68hc11_opcode m68hc11_opcodes[] = {
{ "sub", M68XG_OP_R_IMM16, 2, 0xc000, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, cpuxgate, 0x0000 },
{ "cmp", M68XG_OP_R_IMM16, 2, 0xd000, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, cpuxgate, 0x0000 },
{ "add", M68XG_OP_R_IMM16, 2, 0xe000, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, cpuxgate, 0x0000 },
- /* ld is for backwards compatability only, the correct opcode is ldw */
+ /* ld is for backwards compatibility only, the correct opcode is ldw */
{ "ld", M68XG_OP_R_IMM16, 2, 0xf000, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, cpuxgate, 0x0000 },
{ "ldw", M68XG_OP_R_IMM16, 2, 0xf000, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, cpuxgate, 0x0000 }
};
diff --git a/opcodes/m68k-dis.c b/opcodes/m68k-dis.c
index 1e7c830..76d0a66 100644
--- a/opcodes/m68k-dis.c
+++ b/opcodes/m68k-dis.c
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ static char *const reg_names[] =
};
/* Name of register halves for MAC/EMAC.
- Seperate from reg_names since 'spu', 'fpl' look weird. */
+ Separate from reg_names since 'spu', 'fpl' look weird. */
static char *const reg_half_names[] =
{
"%d0", "%d1", "%d2", "%d3", "%d4", "%d5", "%d6", "%d7",
diff --git a/opcodes/m68k-opc.c b/opcodes/m68k-opc.c
index dc07f72..e678e62 100644
--- a/opcodes/m68k-opc.c
+++ b/opcodes/m68k-opc.c
@@ -1517,7 +1517,7 @@ const struct m68k_opcode m68k_opcodes[] =
/* NOTE: The mcf5200 family programmer's reference manual does not
indicate the byte form of the movea instruction is invalid (as it
- is on 68000 family cpus). However, experiments on the 5202 yeild
+ is on 68000 family cpus). However, experiments on the 5202 yield
unexpected results. The value is copied, but it is not sign extended
(as is done with movea.w) and the top three bytes in the address
register are not disturbed. I don't know if this is the intended
diff --git a/opcodes/mep-asm.c b/opcodes/mep-asm.c
index 89116ee..0c1559a 100644
--- a/opcodes/mep-asm.c
+++ b/opcodes/mep-asm.c
@@ -1574,7 +1574,7 @@ parse_insn_normal (CGEN_CPU_DESC cd,
still needs to be converted to target byte order, otherwise BUF is an array
of bytes in target byte order.
The result is a pointer to the insn's entry in the opcode table,
- or NULL if an error occured (an error message will have already been
+ or NULL if an error occurred (an error message will have already been
printed).
Note that when processing (non-alias) macro-insns,
diff --git a/opcodes/mep-dis.c b/opcodes/mep-dis.c
index 14ddb2e..1c926d9 100644
--- a/opcodes/mep-dis.c
+++ b/opcodes/mep-dis.c
@@ -357,7 +357,7 @@ mep_examine_vliw32_insns (CGEN_CPU_DESC cd, bfd_vma pc, disassemble_info *info)
cop1buflength = 2;
}
- /* Now we have the distrubution set. Print them out. */
+ /* Now we have the distribution set. Print them out. */
status = mep_print_vliw_insns (cd, pc, info, buf, corebuflength,
cop1buflength, cop2buflength);
@@ -446,7 +446,7 @@ mep_examine_vliw64_insns (CGEN_CPU_DESC cd, bfd_vma pc, disassemble_info *info)
cop1buflength = 6;
}
- /* Now we have the distrubution set. Print them out. */
+ /* Now we have the distribution set. Print them out. */
status = mep_print_vliw_insns (cd, pc, info, buf, corebuflength,
cop1buflength, cop2buflength);
@@ -1446,7 +1446,7 @@ print_insn (CGEN_CPU_DESC cd,
/* Default value for CGEN_PRINT_INSN.
The result is the size of the insn in bytes or zero for an unknown insn
- or -1 if an error occured fetching bytes. */
+ or -1 if an error occurred fetching bytes. */
#ifndef CGEN_PRINT_INSN
#define CGEN_PRINT_INSN default_print_insn
diff --git a/opcodes/metag-dis.c b/opcodes/metag-dis.c
index 1fdd43d..b6b3d14 100644
--- a/opcodes/metag-dis.c
+++ b/opcodes/metag-dis.c
@@ -2700,7 +2700,7 @@ print_dalu (unsigned int insn_word, bfd_vma pc ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
decode_template_definition (insn_word, buf + len,
OPERAND_WIDTH - len);
}
- else /* Not a template definiton. */
+ else /* Not a template definition. */
{
reg_nums[0] = ((insn_word >> 19) & REG_MASK);
reg_nums[1] = ((insn_word >> 14) & REG_MASK);
diff --git a/opcodes/msp430-decode.c b/opcodes/msp430-decode.c
index 137205f..758f3aa 100644
--- a/opcodes/msp430-decode.c
+++ b/opcodes/msp430-decode.c
@@ -347,7 +347,7 @@ msp430_decode_opcode (unsigned long pc,
post_extension_word:
;
- /* 430X extention word. */
+ /* 430X extension word. */
GETBYTE ();
switch (op[0] & 0xff)
{
diff --git a/opcodes/msp430-dis.c b/opcodes/msp430-dis.c
index c057c9b..ae0f4f7 100644
--- a/opcodes/msp430-dis.c
+++ b/opcodes/msp430-dis.c
@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ msp430_nooperands (struct msp430_opcode_s *opcode,
}
else
{
- strcpy (comm, "return from interupt");
+ strcpy (comm, "return from interrupt");
*cycles = 5;
}
diff --git a/opcodes/mt-asm.c b/opcodes/mt-asm.c
index 87e9d6f..d40c11c 100644
--- a/opcodes/mt-asm.c
+++ b/opcodes/mt-asm.c
@@ -882,7 +882,7 @@ parse_insn_normal (CGEN_CPU_DESC cd,
still needs to be converted to target byte order, otherwise BUF is an array
of bytes in target byte order.
The result is a pointer to the insn's entry in the opcode table,
- or NULL if an error occured (an error message will have already been
+ or NULL if an error occurred (an error message will have already been
printed).
Note that when processing (non-alias) macro-insns,
diff --git a/opcodes/mt-dis.c b/opcodes/mt-dis.c
index e049d20..201b649 100644
--- a/opcodes/mt-dis.c
+++ b/opcodes/mt-dis.c
@@ -549,7 +549,7 @@ print_insn (CGEN_CPU_DESC cd,
/* Default value for CGEN_PRINT_INSN.
The result is the size of the insn in bytes or zero for an unknown insn
- or -1 if an error occured fetching bytes. */
+ or -1 if an error occurred fetching bytes. */
#ifndef CGEN_PRINT_INSN
#define CGEN_PRINT_INSN default_print_insn
diff --git a/opcodes/ns32k-dis.c b/opcodes/ns32k-dis.c
index b14d5d7..bc831bb 100644
--- a/opcodes/ns32k-dis.c
+++ b/opcodes/ns32k-dis.c
@@ -347,7 +347,7 @@ flip_bytes (char *ptr, int count)
((c) == 'F' || (c) == 'L' || (c) == 'B' \
|| (c) == 'W' || (c) == 'D' || (c) == 'A' || (c) == 'I' || (c) == 'Z')
-/* Adressing modes. */
+/* Addressing modes. */
#define Adrmod_index_byte 0x1c
#define Adrmod_index_word 0x1d
#define Adrmod_index_doubleword 0x1e
diff --git a/opcodes/opintl.h b/opcodes/opintl.h
index 3d811bd..8dad5b2 100644
--- a/opcodes/opintl.h
+++ b/opcodes/opintl.h
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@
This is because the code in this directory is used to build a library which
will be linked with code in other directories to form programs. We want to
- maintain a seperate translation file for this directory however, rather
+ maintain a separate translation file for this directory however, rather
than being forced to merge it with that of any program linked to
libopcodes. This is a library, so it cannot depend on the catalog
currently loaded.
diff --git a/opcodes/or1k-asm.c b/opcodes/or1k-asm.c
index 91c8136..9902f09 100644
--- a/opcodes/or1k-asm.c
+++ b/opcodes/or1k-asm.c
@@ -790,7 +790,7 @@ parse_insn_normal (CGEN_CPU_DESC cd,
still needs to be converted to target byte order, otherwise BUF is an array
of bytes in target byte order.
The result is a pointer to the insn's entry in the opcode table,
- or NULL if an error occured (an error message will have already been
+ or NULL if an error occurred (an error message will have already been
printed).
Note that when processing (non-alias) macro-insns,
diff --git a/opcodes/or1k-desc.h b/opcodes/or1k-desc.h
index 1ffc0f4..a0cb50b 100644
--- a/opcodes/or1k-desc.h
+++ b/opcodes/or1k-desc.h
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ typedef enum spr_groups {
, SPR_GROUP_POWER, SPR_GROUP_PIC, SPR_GROUP_TICK, SPR_GROUP_FPU
} SPR_GROUPS;
-/* Enum declaration for special purpose register indicies. */
+/* Enum declaration for special purpose register indices. */
typedef enum spr_reg_indices {
SPR_INDEX_SYS_VR = 0, SPR_INDEX_SYS_UPR = 1, SPR_INDEX_SYS_CPUCFGR = 2, SPR_INDEX_SYS_DMMUCFGR = 3
, SPR_INDEX_SYS_IMMUCFGR = 4, SPR_INDEX_SYS_DCCFGR = 5, SPR_INDEX_SYS_ICCFGR = 6, SPR_INDEX_SYS_DCFGR = 7
diff --git a/opcodes/or1k-dis.c b/opcodes/or1k-dis.c
index 65a3b32..0f02122 100644
--- a/opcodes/or1k-dis.c
+++ b/opcodes/or1k-dis.c
@@ -400,7 +400,7 @@ print_insn (CGEN_CPU_DESC cd,
/* Default value for CGEN_PRINT_INSN.
The result is the size of the insn in bytes or zero for an unknown insn
- or -1 if an error occured fetching bytes. */
+ or -1 if an error occurred fetching bytes. */
#ifndef CGEN_PRINT_INSN
#define CGEN_PRINT_INSN default_print_insn
diff --git a/opcodes/ppc-opc.c b/opcodes/ppc-opc.c
index 8c59033..a364dc4 100644
--- a/opcodes/ppc-opc.c
+++ b/opcodes/ppc-opc.c
@@ -416,7 +416,7 @@ const struct powerpc_operand powerpc_operands[] =
#define FXM4 FXM + 1
{ 0xff, 12, insert_fxm, extract_fxm,
PPC_OPERAND_OPTIONAL | PPC_OPERAND_OPTIONAL_VALUE},
- /* If the FXM4 operand is ommitted, use the sentinel value -1. */
+ /* If the FXM4 operand is omitted, use the sentinel value -1. */
{ -1, -1, NULL, NULL, 0},
/* The IMM20 field in an LI instruction. */
@@ -705,7 +705,7 @@ const struct powerpc_operand powerpc_operands[] =
#define TBR SV + 1
{ 0x3ff, 11, insert_tbr, extract_tbr,
PPC_OPERAND_OPTIONAL | PPC_OPERAND_OPTIONAL_VALUE},
- /* If the TBR operand is ommitted, use the value 268. */
+ /* If the TBR operand is omitted, use the value 268. */
{ -1, 268, NULL, NULL, 0},
/* The TO field in a D or X form instruction. */
@@ -845,7 +845,7 @@ const struct powerpc_operand powerpc_operands[] =
/* The S field in a XL form instruction. */
#define SXL S + 1
{ 0x1, 11, NULL, NULL, PPC_OPERAND_OPTIONAL | PPC_OPERAND_OPTIONAL_VALUE},
- /* If the SXL operand is ommitted, use the value 1. */
+ /* If the SXL operand is omitted, use the value 1. */
{ -1, 1, NULL, NULL, 0},
/* SH field starting at bit position 16. */
diff --git a/opcodes/sh-dis.c b/opcodes/sh-dis.c
index 7af514b..f2e193f 100644
--- a/opcodes/sh-dis.c
+++ b/opcodes/sh-dis.c
@@ -399,7 +399,7 @@ print_insn_sh (bfd_vma memaddr, struct disassemble_info *info)
target_arch = arch_sh1;
/* SH coff object files lack information about the machine type, so
we end up with bfd_mach_sh unless it was set explicitly (which
- could have happended if this is a call from gdb or the simulator.) */
+ could have happened if this is a call from gdb or the simulator.) */
if (info->symbols
&& bfd_asymbol_flavour(*info->symbols) == bfd_target_coff_flavour)
target_arch = arch_sh4;
diff --git a/opcodes/sh64-dis.c b/opcodes/sh64-dis.c
index e29a4e0..b8da0b8 100644
--- a/opcodes/sh64-dis.c
+++ b/opcodes/sh64-dis.c
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ struct sh64_disassemble_info
unsigned int address_reg;
bfd_signed_vma built_address;
- /* This is the range decriptor for the current address. It is kept
+ /* This is the range descriptor for the current address. It is kept
around for the next call. */
sh64_elf_crange crange;
};
diff --git a/opcodes/tic30-dis.c b/opcodes/tic30-dis.c
index 614da14..07b25f9 100644
--- a/opcodes/tic30-dis.c
+++ b/opcodes/tic30-dis.c
@@ -687,7 +687,7 @@ print_insn_tic30 (bfd_vma pc, disassemble_info *info)
insn_word = (*(info->buffer + bufaddr) << 24) | (*(info->buffer + bufaddr + 1) << 16) |
(*(info->buffer + bufaddr + 2) << 8) | *(info->buffer + bufaddr + 3);
_pc = pc / 4;
- /* Get the instruction refered to by the current instruction word
+ /* Get the instruction referred to by the current instruction word
and print it out based on its type. */
if (!get_tic30_instruction (insn_word, &insn))
return -1;
diff --git a/opcodes/v850-opc.c b/opcodes/v850-opc.c
index d5e54a5..b1d47d3 100644
--- a/opcodes/v850-opc.c
+++ b/opcodes/v850-opc.c
@@ -1329,7 +1329,7 @@ const struct v850_operand v850_operands[] =
sorted by major opcode.
The table is also sorted by name. This is used by the assembler.
- When parsing an instruction the assembler finds the first occurance
+ When parsing an instruction the assembler finds the first occurrence
of the name of the instruciton in this table and then attempts to
match the instruction's arguments with description of the operands
associated with the entry it has just found in this table. If the
diff --git a/opcodes/xc16x-asm.c b/opcodes/xc16x-asm.c
index 509cbaa..ffb114c 100644
--- a/opcodes/xc16x-asm.c
+++ b/opcodes/xc16x-asm.c
@@ -663,7 +663,7 @@ parse_insn_normal (CGEN_CPU_DESC cd,
still needs to be converted to target byte order, otherwise BUF is an array
of bytes in target byte order.
The result is a pointer to the insn's entry in the opcode table,
- or NULL if an error occured (an error message will have already been
+ or NULL if an error occurred (an error message will have already been
printed).
Note that when processing (non-alias) macro-insns,
diff --git a/opcodes/xc16x-dis.c b/opcodes/xc16x-dis.c
index c8e67d4..951cb2e 100644
--- a/opcodes/xc16x-dis.c
+++ b/opcodes/xc16x-dis.c
@@ -679,7 +679,7 @@ print_insn (CGEN_CPU_DESC cd,
/* Default value for CGEN_PRINT_INSN.
The result is the size of the insn in bytes or zero for an unknown insn
- or -1 if an error occured fetching bytes. */
+ or -1 if an error occurred fetching bytes. */
#ifndef CGEN_PRINT_INSN
#define CGEN_PRINT_INSN default_print_insn
diff --git a/opcodes/xstormy16-asm.c b/opcodes/xstormy16-asm.c
index bd91d82..f74a98a 100644
--- a/opcodes/xstormy16-asm.c
+++ b/opcodes/xstormy16-asm.c
@@ -563,7 +563,7 @@ parse_insn_normal (CGEN_CPU_DESC cd,
still needs to be converted to target byte order, otherwise BUF is an array
of bytes in target byte order.
The result is a pointer to the insn's entry in the opcode table,
- or NULL if an error occured (an error message will have already been
+ or NULL if an error occurred (an error message will have already been
printed).
Note that when processing (non-alias) macro-insns,
diff --git a/opcodes/xstormy16-dis.c b/opcodes/xstormy16-dis.c
index 2c273d4..df9f36b 100644
--- a/opcodes/xstormy16-dis.c
+++ b/opcodes/xstormy16-dis.c
@@ -427,7 +427,7 @@ print_insn (CGEN_CPU_DESC cd,
/* Default value for CGEN_PRINT_INSN.
The result is the size of the insn in bytes or zero for an unknown insn
- or -1 if an error occured fetching bytes. */
+ or -1 if an error occurred fetching bytes. */
#ifndef CGEN_PRINT_INSN
#define CGEN_PRINT_INSN default_print_insn
diff --git a/opcodes/xtensa-dis.c b/opcodes/xtensa-dis.c
index db3bbee..27de320 100644
--- a/opcodes/xtensa-dis.c
+++ b/opcodes/xtensa-dis.c
@@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ print_insn_xtensa (bfd_vma memaddr, struct disassemble_info *info)
an 80-column screen.) The value of bytes_per_line here is not exactly
right, because objdump adds an extra space for each chunk so that the
amount of whitespace depends on the chunk size. Oh well, it's good
- enough.... Note that we set the minimum size to 4 to accomodate
+ enough.... Note that we set the minimum size to 4 to accommodate
literal pools. */
info->bytes_per_line = MAX (maxsize, 4);
--
2.7.4
^ permalink raw reply [flat|nested] 21+ messages in thread* [PATCH 06/17] Fix spelling in comments in C source files (readline)
2016-11-25 19:48 [PATCH 00/17] Fix spelling mistakes in comments - GDB Ambrogino Modigliani
` (2 preceding siblings ...)
2016-11-25 19:47 ` [PATCH 05/17] Fix spelling in comments in C source files (opcodes) Ambrogino Modigliani
@ 2016-11-25 19:47 ` Ambrogino Modigliani
2016-11-25 20:42 ` Mike Frysinger
2016-11-25 19:47 ` [PATCH 10/17] Fix spelling in comments in .cpu files (cpu) Ambrogino Modigliani
` (12 subsequent siblings)
16 siblings, 1 reply; 21+ messages in thread
From: Ambrogino Modigliani @ 2016-11-25 19:47 UTC (permalink / raw)
To: gdb-patches, pedro_alves, ambrogino.modigliani, ambrogino.modigliani
readline/ChangeLog:
* display.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* examples/rlfe/rlfe.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* examples/rlptytest.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* histexpand.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* history.h: Fix spelling in comments.
* input.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* readline.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* rlprivate.h: Fix spelling in comments.
* text.c: Fix spelling in comments.
---
readline/display.c | 2 +-
readline/examples/rlfe/rlfe.c | 2 +-
readline/examples/rlptytest.c | 2 +-
readline/histexpand.c | 4 ++--
readline/history.h | 2 +-
readline/input.c | 2 +-
readline/readline.c | 2 +-
readline/rlprivate.h | 2 +-
readline/text.c | 2 +-
9 files changed, 10 insertions(+), 10 deletions(-)
diff --git a/readline/display.c b/readline/display.c
index 9044305..8086f23 100644
--- a/readline/display.c
+++ b/readline/display.c
@@ -1544,7 +1544,7 @@ update_line (old, new, current_line, omax, nmax, inv_botlin)
o_cpos = _rl_last_c_pos;
/* When this function returns, _rl_last_c_pos is correct, and an absolute
- cursor postion in multibyte mode, but a buffer index when not in a
+ cursor position in multibyte mode, but a buffer index when not in a
multibyte locale. */
_rl_move_cursor_relative (od, old);
#if 1
diff --git a/readline/examples/rlfe/rlfe.c b/readline/examples/rlfe/rlfe.c
index eacd5ab..7886448 100644
--- a/readline/examples/rlfe/rlfe.c
+++ b/readline/examples/rlfe/rlfe.c
@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ static int hist_size = 0;
we're actually editing. Then we send the line to the inferior, and the
terminal driver send back an extra echo.
The work-around is to remember the input lines, and when we see that
- line come back, we supress the output.
+ line come back, we suppress the output.
A better solution (supposedly available on SVR4) would be a smarter
terminal driver, with more flags ... */
#define ECHO_SUPPRESS_MAX 1024
diff --git a/readline/examples/rlptytest.c b/readline/examples/rlptytest.c
index 79257db..d1893ed 100644
--- a/readline/examples/rlptytest.c
+++ b/readline/examples/rlptytest.c
@@ -213,7 +213,7 @@ static enum { RESET, TCBREAK } ttystate = RESET;
*
* fd - The file descriptor of the terminal
*
- * Returns: 0 on sucess, -1 on error
+ * Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error
*/
int tty_cbreak(int fd){
struct termios buf;
diff --git a/readline/histexpand.c b/readline/histexpand.c
index 8fb3798..a1a828c 100644
--- a/readline/histexpand.c
+++ b/readline/histexpand.c
@@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ char history_expansion_char = '!';
char history_subst_char = '^';
/* During tokenization, if this character is seen as the first character
- of a word, then it, and all subsequent characters upto a newline are
+ of a word, then it, and all subsequent characters up to a newline are
ignored. For a Bourne shell, this should be '#'. Bash special cases
the interactive comment character to not be a comment delimiter. */
char history_comment_char = '\0';
@@ -894,7 +894,7 @@ history_expand_internal (string, start, end_index_ptr, ret_string, current_line)
1) If expansions did take place
2) If the `p' modifier was given and the caller should print the result
- If an error ocurred in expansion, then OUTPUT contains a descriptive
+ If an error occurred in expansion, then OUTPUT contains a descriptive
error message. */
#define ADD_STRING(s) \
diff --git a/readline/history.h b/readline/history.h
index 1257e66..c8af47e 100644
--- a/readline/history.h
+++ b/readline/history.h
@@ -216,7 +216,7 @@ extern int history_truncate_file PARAMS((const char *, int));
-1) If there was an error in expansion.
2) If the returned line should just be printed.
- If an error ocurred in expansion, then OUTPUT contains a descriptive
+ If an error occurred in expansion, then OUTPUT contains a descriptive
error message. */
extern int history_expand PARAMS((char *, char **));
diff --git a/readline/input.c b/readline/input.c
index e35277f..a40b45e 100644
--- a/readline/input.c
+++ b/readline/input.c
@@ -539,7 +539,7 @@ rl_getc (stream)
/* If the error that we received was SIGINT, then try again,
this is simply an interrupted system call to read ().
- Otherwise, some error ocurred, also signifying EOF. */
+ Otherwise, some error occurred, also signifying EOF. */
if (errno != EINTR)
return (RL_ISSTATE (RL_STATE_READCMD) ? READERR : EOF);
}
diff --git a/readline/readline.c b/readline/readline.c
index 071e1aa..ca0946f 100644
--- a/readline/readline.c
+++ b/readline/readline.c
@@ -238,7 +238,7 @@ int rl_erase_empty_line = 0;
character bound to accept-line. */
int rl_num_chars_to_read;
-/* Line buffer and maintenence. */
+/* Line buffer and maintenance. */
char *rl_line_buffer = (char *)NULL;
int rl_line_buffer_len = 0;
diff --git a/readline/rlprivate.h b/readline/rlprivate.h
index 384ff67..7092842 100644
--- a/readline/rlprivate.h
+++ b/readline/rlprivate.h
@@ -189,7 +189,7 @@ extern int rl_blink_matching_paren;
/*************************************************************************
* *
- * Global functions and variables unsed and undocumented *
+ * Global functions and variables unused and undocumented *
* *
*************************************************************************/
diff --git a/readline/text.c b/readline/text.c
index 536e31a..2b09f3c 100644
--- a/readline/text.c
+++ b/readline/text.c
@@ -240,7 +240,7 @@ rl_replace_line (text, clear_undo)
this is the same as rl_end.
Any command that is called interactively receives two arguments.
- The first is a count: the numeric arg pased to this command.
+ The first is a count: the numeric arg passed to this command.
The second is the key which invoked this command.
*/
--
2.7.4
^ permalink raw reply [flat|nested] 21+ messages in thread* [PATCH 10/17] Fix spelling in comments in .cpu files (cpu)
2016-11-25 19:48 [PATCH 00/17] Fix spelling mistakes in comments - GDB Ambrogino Modigliani
` (3 preceding siblings ...)
2016-11-25 19:47 ` [PATCH 06/17] Fix spelling in comments in C source files (readline) Ambrogino Modigliani
@ 2016-11-25 19:47 ` Ambrogino Modigliani
2016-11-25 19:47 ` [PATCH 12/17] Fix spelling in comments in .in files (readline) Ambrogino Modigliani
` (11 subsequent siblings)
16 siblings, 0 replies; 21+ messages in thread
From: Ambrogino Modigliani @ 2016-11-25 19:47 UTC (permalink / raw)
To: gdb-patches, pedro_alves, ambrogino.modigliani, ambrogino.modigliani
cpu/ChangeLog:
* m32c.cpu: Fix spelling in comments.
* m32r.cpu: Fix spelling in comments.
* mt.cpu: Fix spelling in comments.
* or1k.cpu: Fix spelling in comments.
* xstormy16.cpu: Fix spelling in comments.
---
cpu/m32c.cpu | 2 +-
cpu/m32r.cpu | 2 +-
cpu/mt.cpu | 2 +-
cpu/or1k.cpu | 2 +-
cpu/xstormy16.cpu | 8 ++++----
5 files changed, 8 insertions(+), 8 deletions(-)
diff --git a/cpu/m32c.cpu b/cpu/m32c.cpu
index bcc3616..7d313bc 100644
--- a/cpu/m32c.cpu
+++ b/cpu/m32c.cpu
@@ -10292,7 +10292,7 @@
(binary-arith32-imm-dst-defn HI HI .w 1 stz X #x9 #x0 #xF stz-sem)
;-------------------------------------------------------------
-; stzx - store on zero extention
+; stzx - store on zero extension
;-------------------------------------------------------------
(define-pmacro (stzx-sem mode src1 src2 dst)
diff --git a/cpu/m32r.cpu b/cpu/m32r.cpu
index 003c848..8de8a43 100644
--- a/cpu/m32r.cpu
+++ b/cpu/m32r.cpu
@@ -742,7 +742,7 @@
(dnop disp16 "16 bit displacement" () h-iaddr f-disp16)
(dnop disp24 "24 bit displacement" (RELAX) h-iaddr f-disp24)
-; These hardware elements are refered to frequently.
+; These hardware elements are referred to frequently.
(dnop condbit "condition bit" (SEM-ONLY) h-cond f-nil)
(dnop accum "accumulator" (SEM-ONLY) h-accum f-nil)
diff --git a/cpu/mt.cpu b/cpu/mt.cpu
index bb987f3..bf49a28 100644
--- a/cpu/mt.cpu
+++ b/cpu/mt.cpu
@@ -163,7 +163,7 @@
; f-imm16: 16 bit immediate value when not an offset.
; f-imm16a: 16 bit immediate value when it's a pc-rel offset.
; f-uu4a: unused 4 bit field.
-; f-uu4b: second unsed 4 bit field.
+; f-uu4b: second unused 4 bit field.
; f-uu1: unused 1 bit field
; f-uu12: unused 12 bit field.
; f-uu16: unused 16 bit field.
diff --git a/cpu/or1k.cpu b/cpu/or1k.cpu
index 3a932bc..169344c 100644
--- a/cpu/or1k.cpu
+++ b/cpu/or1k.cpu
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@
(include "simplify.inc")
; The OpenRISC family is a set of RISC microprocessor architectures with an
-; emphasis on scalability and is targetted at embedded use.
+; emphasis on scalability and is targeted at embedded use.
; The CPU RTL development is a collaborative open source effort.
; http://opencores.org/or1k
; http://openrisc.net
diff --git a/cpu/xstormy16.cpu b/cpu/xstormy16.cpu
index ae7e042..61b27cb 100644
--- a/cpu/xstormy16.cpu
+++ b/cpu/xstormy16.cpu
@@ -941,7 +941,7 @@
(set-psw Rdm (index-of Rdm) (and #xFF (mem QI (add (join SI HI Rb Rs) imm12))) ws2))
(set Rs (add Rs (add ws2 1)))
; Note - despite the XStormy16 ISA documentation the
- ; addition *is* propogated into the base register.
+ ; addition *is* propagated into the base register.
(if (eq Rs 0) (set Rb (add Rb 1)))
)
()
@@ -954,7 +954,7 @@
(+ OP1_6 OP2A_C ws2 Rs OP4M_1 Rdm OP5A_0 Rb imm12)
(sequence ()
; Note - despite the XStormy16 ISA documentation the
- ; subtraction *is* propogated into the base register.
+ ; subtraction *is* propagated into the base register.
(if (eq Rs 0) (set Rb (sub Rb 1)))
(set Rs (sub Rs (add ws2 1)))
(if ws2
@@ -990,7 +990,7 @@
(set-psw-nowrite (index-of Rdm) Rdm ws2)
(set Rs (add Rs (add ws2 1)))
; Note - despite the XStormy16 ISA documentation the
- ; addition *is* propogated into the base register.
+ ; addition *is* propagated into the base register.
(if (eq Rs 0) (set Rb (add Rb 1)))
)
()
@@ -1003,7 +1003,7 @@
(+ OP1_6 OP2A_E ws2 Rs OP4M_1 Rdm OP5A_0 Rb imm12)
(sequence ()
; Note - despite the XStormy16 ISA documentation the
- ; subtraction *is* propogated into the base register.
+ ; subtraction *is* propagated into the base register.
(if (eq Rs 0) (set Rb (sub Rb 1)))
(set Rs (sub Rs (add ws2 1)))
(set-psw-nowrite (index-of Rdm) Rdm ws2)
--
2.7.4
^ permalink raw reply [flat|nested] 21+ messages in thread* [PATCH 12/17] Fix spelling in comments in .in files (readline)
2016-11-25 19:48 [PATCH 00/17] Fix spelling mistakes in comments - GDB Ambrogino Modigliani
` (4 preceding siblings ...)
2016-11-25 19:47 ` [PATCH 10/17] Fix spelling in comments in .cpu files (cpu) Ambrogino Modigliani
@ 2016-11-25 19:47 ` Ambrogino Modigliani
2016-11-25 19:47 ` [PATCH 17/17] Fix spelling in comments in .tbl files (opcodes) Ambrogino Modigliani
` (10 subsequent siblings)
16 siblings, 0 replies; 21+ messages in thread
From: Ambrogino Modigliani @ 2016-11-25 19:47 UTC (permalink / raw)
To: gdb-patches, pedro_alves, ambrogino.modigliani, ambrogino.modigliani
readline/ChangeLog:
* examples/rlfe/config.h.in: Fix spelling in comments.
---
readline/examples/rlfe/config.h.in | 2 +-
1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)
diff --git a/readline/examples/rlfe/config.h.in b/readline/examples/rlfe/config.h.in
index dbfc369..5dbda05 100644
--- a/readline/examples/rlfe/config.h.in
+++ b/readline/examples/rlfe/config.h.in
@@ -242,7 +242,7 @@
#undef NAMEDPIPE
/*
- * Define this if your system exits select() immediatly if a pipe is
+ * Define this if your system exits select() immediately if a pipe is
* opened read-only and no writer has opened it.
*/
#undef BROKEN_PIPE
--
2.7.4
^ permalink raw reply [flat|nested] 21+ messages in thread* [PATCH 17/17] Fix spelling in comments in .tbl files (opcodes)
2016-11-25 19:48 [PATCH 00/17] Fix spelling mistakes in comments - GDB Ambrogino Modigliani
` (5 preceding siblings ...)
2016-11-25 19:47 ` [PATCH 12/17] Fix spelling in comments in .in files (readline) Ambrogino Modigliani
@ 2016-11-25 19:47 ` Ambrogino Modigliani
2016-11-25 19:47 ` [PATCH 11/17] Fix spelling in comments in .in " Ambrogino Modigliani
` (9 subsequent siblings)
16 siblings, 0 replies; 21+ messages in thread
From: Ambrogino Modigliani @ 2016-11-25 19:47 UTC (permalink / raw)
To: gdb-patches, pedro_alves, ambrogino.modigliani, ambrogino.modigliani
opcodes/ChangeLog:
* i386-opc.tbl: Fix spelling in comments.
---
opcodes/i386-opc.tbl | 2 +-
1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)
diff --git a/opcodes/i386-opc.tbl b/opcodes/i386-opc.tbl
index fba01b6..054d7c1 100644
--- a/opcodes/i386-opc.tbl
+++ b/opcodes/i386-opc.tbl
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ movsxd, 2, 0x63, None, 1, Cpu64, Modrm|No_bSuf|No_wSuf|No_sSuf|No_qSuf|No_ldSuf|
// Move with zero extend.
movzb, 2, 0xfb6, None, 2, Cpu386, Modrm|No_bSuf|No_sSuf|No_ldSuf, { Reg8|Byte|Unspecified|BaseIndex|Disp8|Disp16|Disp32|Disp32S, Reg16|Reg32|Reg64 }
movzw, 2, 0xfb7, None, 2, Cpu386, Modrm|No_bSuf|No_wSuf|No_sSuf|No_ldSuf, { Reg16|Word|Unspecified|BaseIndex|Disp8|Disp16|Disp32|Disp32S, Reg32|Reg64 }
-// Intel Syntax next 2 insns (the 64-bit variants are not particulary
+// Intel Syntax next 2 insns (the 64-bit variants are not particularly
// useful since the zero extend 32->64 is implicit, but we can encode them).
movzx, 2, 0xfb6, None, 2, Cpu386, Modrm|No_wSuf|No_lSuf|No_sSuf|No_qSuf|No_ldSuf|ATTSyntax, { Reg8|Unspecified|BaseIndex|Disp8|Disp16|Disp32|Disp32S, Reg16|Reg32|Reg64 }
movzx, 2, 0xfb7, None, 2, Cpu386, Modrm|No_bSuf|No_lSuf|No_sSuf|No_qSuf|No_ldSuf|ATTSyntax, { Reg16|Unspecified|BaseIndex|Disp8|Disp16|Disp32|Disp32S, Reg32|Reg64 }
--
2.7.4
^ permalink raw reply [flat|nested] 21+ messages in thread* [PATCH 11/17] Fix spelling in comments in .in files (opcodes)
2016-11-25 19:48 [PATCH 00/17] Fix spelling mistakes in comments - GDB Ambrogino Modigliani
` (6 preceding siblings ...)
2016-11-25 19:47 ` [PATCH 17/17] Fix spelling in comments in .tbl files (opcodes) Ambrogino Modigliani
@ 2016-11-25 19:47 ` Ambrogino Modigliani
2016-11-25 19:48 ` [PATCH 01/17] Fix spelling in comments in C source files (bfd) Ambrogino Modigliani
` (8 subsequent siblings)
16 siblings, 0 replies; 21+ messages in thread
From: Ambrogino Modigliani @ 2016-11-25 19:47 UTC (permalink / raw)
To: gdb-patches, pedro_alves, ambrogino.modigliani, ambrogino.modigliani
ChangeLog:
* config-ml.in: Fix spelling in comments.
opcodes/ChangeLog:
* cgen-asm.in: Fix spelling in comments.
* cgen-dis.in: Fix spelling in comments.
---
config-ml.in | 2 +-
opcodes/cgen-asm.in | 2 +-
opcodes/cgen-dis.in | 2 +-
3 files changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-)
diff --git a/config-ml.in b/config-ml.in
index 5e51994..67d3c05 100644
--- a/config-ml.in
+++ b/config-ml.in
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
# To implement this, a symlink tree is built for each library and for each
# multilib subdir.
#
-# The build tree is layed out as
+# The build tree is laid out as
#
# ./
# newlib
diff --git a/opcodes/cgen-asm.in b/opcodes/cgen-asm.in
index e468e7a..015b1b8 100644
--- a/opcodes/cgen-asm.in
+++ b/opcodes/cgen-asm.in
@@ -314,7 +314,7 @@ parse_insn_normal (CGEN_CPU_DESC cd,
still needs to be converted to target byte order, otherwise BUF is an array
of bytes in target byte order.
The result is a pointer to the insn's entry in the opcode table,
- or NULL if an error occured (an error message will have already been
+ or NULL if an error occurred (an error message will have already been
printed).
Note that when processing (non-alias) macro-insns,
diff --git a/opcodes/cgen-dis.in b/opcodes/cgen-dis.in
index bcfcc69..da86366 100644
--- a/opcodes/cgen-dis.in
+++ b/opcodes/cgen-dis.in
@@ -298,7 +298,7 @@ print_insn (CGEN_CPU_DESC cd,
/* Default value for CGEN_PRINT_INSN.
The result is the size of the insn in bytes or zero for an unknown insn
- or -1 if an error occured fetching bytes. */
+ or -1 if an error occurred fetching bytes. */
#ifndef CGEN_PRINT_INSN
#define CGEN_PRINT_INSN default_print_insn
--
2.7.4
^ permalink raw reply [flat|nested] 21+ messages in thread* [PATCH 01/17] Fix spelling in comments in C source files (bfd)
2016-11-25 19:48 [PATCH 00/17] Fix spelling mistakes in comments - GDB Ambrogino Modigliani
` (7 preceding siblings ...)
2016-11-25 19:47 ` [PATCH 11/17] Fix spelling in comments in .in " Ambrogino Modigliani
@ 2016-11-25 19:48 ` Ambrogino Modigliani
2016-11-25 19:48 ` [PATCH 13/17] Fix spelling in comments in .l files (gdb) Ambrogino Modigliani
` (7 subsequent siblings)
16 siblings, 0 replies; 21+ messages in thread
From: Ambrogino Modigliani @ 2016-11-25 19:48 UTC (permalink / raw)
To: gdb-patches, pedro_alves, ambrogino.modigliani, ambrogino.modigliani
bfd/ChangeLog:
* aoutx.h: Fix spelling in comments.
* bfd-in2.h: Fix spelling in comments.
* bfdio.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* cisco-core.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* coff-arm.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* coff-i860.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* coff-mcore.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* coff-ppc.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* coff-rs6000.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* coff-tic4x.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* coff-tic54x.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* coffcode.h: Fix spelling in comments.
* compress.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* cpu-sh.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* doc/chew.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* dwarf1.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* dwarf2.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* ecoff.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* elf-bfd.h: Fix spelling in comments.
* elf-eh-frame.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* elf-m10200.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* elf-m10300.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* elf.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* elf32-arc.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* elf32-arm.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* elf32-avr.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* elf32-bfin.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* elf32-hppa.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* elf32-i386.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* elf32-ip2k.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* elf32-m68k.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* elf32-nds32.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* elf32-rx.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* elf32-xtensa.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* elf64-ia64-vms.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* elf64-mips.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* elf64-ppc.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* elf64-x86-64.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* elfcode.h: Fix spelling in comments.
* elflink.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* elfn32-mips.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* elfnn-aarch64.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* elfnn-ia64.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* elfxx-mips.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* format.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* hp300hpux.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* ieee.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* libbfd.h: Fix spelling in comments.
* libhppa.h: Fix spelling in comments.
* mach-o.h: Fix spelling in comments.
* opncls.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* reloc.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* srec.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* sysdep.h: Fix spelling in comments.
* versados.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* vms-alpha.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* vms-lib.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* vms-misc.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* vms.h: Fix spelling in comments.
* xcofflink.c: Fix spelling in comments.
---
bfd/aoutx.h | 2 +-
bfd/bfd-in2.h | 6 +++---
bfd/bfdio.c | 2 +-
bfd/cisco-core.c | 2 +-
bfd/coff-arm.c | 4 ++--
bfd/coff-i860.c | 2 +-
bfd/coff-mcore.c | 2 +-
bfd/coff-ppc.c | 4 ++--
bfd/coff-rs6000.c | 2 +-
bfd/coff-tic4x.c | 2 +-
bfd/coff-tic54x.c | 6 +++---
bfd/coffcode.h | 4 ++--
bfd/compress.c | 2 +-
bfd/cpu-sh.c | 2 +-
bfd/doc/chew.c | 2 +-
bfd/dwarf1.c | 2 +-
bfd/dwarf2.c | 4 ++--
bfd/ecoff.c | 2 +-
bfd/elf-bfd.h | 2 +-
bfd/elf-eh-frame.c | 4 ++--
bfd/elf-m10200.c | 2 +-
bfd/elf-m10300.c | 6 +++---
bfd/elf.c | 8 ++++----
bfd/elf32-arc.c | 4 ++--
bfd/elf32-arm.c | 16 ++++++++--------
bfd/elf32-avr.c | 12 ++++++------
bfd/elf32-bfin.c | 8 ++++----
bfd/elf32-hppa.c | 4 ++--
bfd/elf32-i386.c | 4 ++--
bfd/elf32-ip2k.c | 2 +-
bfd/elf32-m68k.c | 4 ++--
bfd/elf32-nds32.c | 20 ++++++++++----------
bfd/elf32-rx.c | 2 +-
bfd/elf32-xtensa.c | 6 +++---
bfd/elf64-ia64-vms.c | 2 +-
bfd/elf64-mips.c | 4 ++--
bfd/elf64-ppc.c | 2 +-
bfd/elf64-x86-64.c | 2 +-
bfd/elfcode.h | 2 +-
bfd/elflink.c | 2 +-
bfd/elfn32-mips.c | 4 ++--
bfd/elfnn-aarch64.c | 10 +++++-----
bfd/elfnn-ia64.c | 2 +-
bfd/elfxx-mips.c | 6 +++---
bfd/format.c | 2 +-
bfd/hp300hpux.c | 14 +++++++-------
bfd/ieee.c | 2 +-
bfd/libbfd.h | 2 +-
bfd/libhppa.h | 2 +-
bfd/mach-o.h | 2 +-
bfd/opncls.c | 4 ++--
bfd/reloc.c | 10 +++++-----
bfd/srec.c | 2 +-
bfd/sysdep.h | 2 +-
bfd/versados.c | 2 +-
bfd/vms-alpha.c | 8 ++++----
bfd/vms-lib.c | 2 +-
bfd/vms-misc.c | 2 +-
bfd/vms.h | 2 +-
bfd/xcofflink.c | 6 +++---
60 files changed, 128 insertions(+), 128 deletions(-)
diff --git a/bfd/aoutx.h b/bfd/aoutx.h
index 089fe57..d6aedd5 100644
--- a/bfd/aoutx.h
+++ b/bfd/aoutx.h
@@ -3297,7 +3297,7 @@ aout_link_check_ar_symbols (bfd *abfd,
and this object file from the archive includes:
int a = 5;
In such a case, whether to include this object is target
- dependant for backward compatibility.
+ dependent for backward compatibility.
FIXME: The SunOS 4.1.3 linker will pull in the archive
element if the symbol is defined in the .data section,
diff --git a/bfd/bfd-in2.h b/bfd/bfd-in2.h
index fdb7878..bd1c2ab 100644
--- a/bfd/bfd-in2.h
+++ b/bfd/bfd-in2.h
@@ -5675,10 +5675,10 @@ BFD_RELOC_MACH_O_PAIR. */
/* Pair of relocation. Contains the first symbol. */
BFD_RELOC_MACH_O_PAIR,
-/* Symbol will be substracted. Must be followed by a BFD_RELOC_32. */
+/* Symbol will be subtracted. Must be followed by a BFD_RELOC_32. */
BFD_RELOC_MACH_O_SUBTRACTOR32,
-/* Symbol will be substracted. Must be followed by a BFD_RELOC_64. */
+/* Symbol will be subtracted. Must be followed by a BFD_RELOC_64. */
BFD_RELOC_MACH_O_SUBTRACTOR64,
/* PCREL relocations. They are marked as branch to create PLT entry if
@@ -5847,7 +5847,7 @@ of an unsigned address/value. */
of an address/value. No overflow checking. */
BFD_RELOC_AARCH64_MOVW_G2_NC,
-/* AArch64 MOV[NZK] instruction with most signficant bits 48 to 64
+/* AArch64 MOV[NZK] instruction with most significant bits 48 to 64
of a signed or unsigned address/value. */
BFD_RELOC_AARCH64_MOVW_G3,
diff --git a/bfd/bfdio.c b/bfd/bfdio.c
index 71991bd..8e6aaba 100644
--- a/bfd/bfdio.c
+++ b/bfd/bfdio.c
@@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ DESCRIPTION
. prefix is prepended to each method name. *}
. {* Attempt to read/write NBYTES on ABFD's IOSTREAM storing/fetching
. bytes starting at PTR. Return the number of bytes actually
-. transfered (a read past end-of-file returns less than NBYTES),
+. transferred (a read past end-of-file returns less than NBYTES),
. or -1 (setting <<bfd_error>>) if an error occurs. *}
. file_ptr (*bread) (struct bfd *abfd, void *ptr, file_ptr nbytes);
. file_ptr (*bwrite) (struct bfd *abfd, const void *ptr,
diff --git a/bfd/cisco-core.c b/bfd/cisco-core.c
index 1fcf024..0537efb 100644
--- a/bfd/cisco-core.c
+++ b/bfd/cisco-core.c
@@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ cisco_core_file_validate (bfd *abfd, int crash_info_loc)
abfd->tdata.cisco_core_data->sig = 0;
break;
case CRASH_REASON_EXCEPTION:
- /* Crash occured due to CPU exception. */
+ /* Crash occurred due to CPU exception. */
/* This is 68k-specific; for MIPS we'll need to interpret
cpu_vector differently based on the target configuration
diff --git a/bfd/coff-arm.c b/bfd/coff-arm.c
index c7a2861..5b6357b 100644
--- a/bfd/coff-arm.c
+++ b/bfd/coff-arm.c
@@ -1144,7 +1144,7 @@ static const insn32 t2a6_bx_insn = 0xe12fff1e;
/* The standard COFF backend linker does not cope with the special
Thumb BRANCH23 relocation. The alternative would be to split the
- BRANCH23 into seperate HI23 and LO23 relocations. However, it is a
+ BRANCH23 into separate HI23 and LO23 relocations. However, it is a
bit simpler simply providing our own relocation driver. */
/* The reloc processing routine for the ARM/Thumb COFF linker. NOTE:
@@ -2179,7 +2179,7 @@ coff_arm_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd * ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
return TRUE;
/* If the two formats are different we cannot merge anything.
- This is not an error, since it is permissable to change the
+ This is not an error, since it is permissible to change the
input and output formats. */
if ( ibfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_coff_flavour
|| obfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_coff_flavour)
diff --git a/bfd/coff-i860.c b/bfd/coff-i860.c
index 86d554d..02e5b8c 100644
--- a/bfd/coff-i860.c
+++ b/bfd/coff-i860.c
@@ -625,7 +625,7 @@ i860_reloc_processing (arelent *cache_ptr, struct internal_reloc *dst,
/* The symbols definitions that we have read in have been
relocated as if their sections started at 0. But the offsets
- refering to the symbols in the raw data have not been
+ referring to the symbols in the raw data have not been
modified, so we have to have a negative addend to compensate.
Note that symbols which used to be common must be left alone. */
diff --git a/bfd/coff-mcore.c b/bfd/coff-mcore.c
index 9be92cc..76a1682 100644
--- a/bfd/coff-mcore.c
+++ b/bfd/coff-mcore.c
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ static reloc_howto_type mcore_coff_howto_table[] =
0, /* bitsize */
FALSE, /* pc_relative */
0, /* bitpos */
- complain_overflow_dont, /* dont complain_on_overflow */
+ complain_overflow_dont, /* don't complain_on_overflow */
NULL, /* special_function */
"ABSOLUTE", /* name */
FALSE, /* partial_inplace */
diff --git a/bfd/coff-ppc.c b/bfd/coff-ppc.c
index 6755e54..43deceb 100644
--- a/bfd/coff-ppc.c
+++ b/bfd/coff-ppc.c
@@ -354,7 +354,7 @@ static reloc_howto_type ppc_coff_howto_table[] =
0, /* bitsize */
FALSE, /* pc_relative */
0, /* bitpos */
- complain_overflow_dont, /* dont complain_on_overflow */
+ complain_overflow_dont, /* don't complain_on_overflow */
0, /* special_function */
"ABSOLUTE", /* name */
FALSE, /* partial_inplace */
@@ -397,7 +397,7 @@ static reloc_howto_type ppc_coff_howto_table[] =
/* IMAGE_REL_PPC_ADDR24 0x0003 26-bit address, shifted left 2 (branch absolute) */
/* the LI field is in bit 6 through bit 29 is 24 bits, + 2 for the shift */
/* Of course, That's the IBM approved bit numbering, which is not what */
- /* anyone else uses.... The li field is in bit 2 thru 25 */
+ /* anyone else uses.... The li field is in bit 2 through 25 */
/* Used: */
HOWTO (IMAGE_REL_PPC_ADDR24, /* type */
0, /* rightshift */
diff --git a/bfd/coff-rs6000.c b/bfd/coff-rs6000.c
index 00d353b..2da8a21 100644
--- a/bfd/coff-rs6000.c
+++ b/bfd/coff-rs6000.c
@@ -2541,7 +2541,7 @@ _bfd_xcoff_sizeof_headers (bfd *abfd,
/* Allocate the per section counters. It could be possible to use a
preallocated array as the number of sections is limited on XCOFF,
- but this creates a maintainance issue. */
+ but this creates a maintenance issue. */
n_rl = bfd_zmalloc ((max_index + 1) * sizeof (*n_rl));
if (n_rl == NULL)
return -1;
diff --git a/bfd/coff-tic4x.c b/bfd/coff-tic4x.c
index 2a7dc86..3e195e0 100644
--- a/bfd/coff-tic4x.c
+++ b/bfd/coff-tic4x.c
@@ -243,7 +243,7 @@ tic4x_reloc_processing (arelent *relent,
}
/* The symbols definitions that we have read in have been relocated
- as if their sections started at 0. But the offsets refering to
+ as if their sections started at 0. But the offsets referring to
the symbols in the raw data have not been modified, so we have to
have a negative addend to compensate.
diff --git a/bfd/coff-tic54x.c b/bfd/coff-tic54x.c
index f059694..fa2a68a 100644
--- a/bfd/coff-tic54x.c
+++ b/bfd/coff-tic54x.c
@@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ bfd_ticoff_get_section_load_page (asection *sect)
return page;
}
-/* Set the architecture appropriately. Allow unkown architectures
+/* Set the architecture appropriately. Allow unknown architectures
(e.g. binary). */
static bfd_boolean
@@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ tic54x_relocation (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
reloc_howto_type tic54x_howto_table[] =
{
/* type,rightshift,size (0=byte, 1=short, 2=long),
- bit size, pc_relative, bitpos, dont complain_on_overflow,
+ bit size, pc_relative, bitpos, don't complain_on_overflow,
special_function, name, partial_inplace, src_mask, dst_mask, pcrel_offset. */
/* NORMAL BANK */
@@ -382,7 +382,7 @@ tic54x_reloc_processing (arelent *relent,
/* The symbols definitions that we have read in have been
relocated as if their sections started at 0. But the offsets
- refering to the symbols in the raw data have not been
+ referring to the symbols in the raw data have not been
modified, so we have to have a negative addend to compensate.
Note that symbols which used to be common must be left alone. */
diff --git a/bfd/coffcode.h b/bfd/coffcode.h
index f5605d7..30cbeb3 100644
--- a/bfd/coffcode.h
+++ b/bfd/coffcode.h
@@ -1660,7 +1660,7 @@ coff_bad_format_hook (bfd * abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, void * filehdr)
and Intel 960 readwrite headers (I960WRMAGIC) is that the
optional header is of a different size.
- But the mips keeps extra stuff in it's opthdr, so dont check
+ But the mips keeps extra stuff in it's opthdr, so don't check
when doing that. */
#if defined(M88) || defined(I960)
@@ -5331,7 +5331,7 @@ coff_slurp_reloc_table (bfd * abfd, sec_ptr asect, asymbol ** symbols)
/* The symbols definitions that we have read in have been
relocated as if their sections started at 0. But the offsets
- refering to the symbols in the raw data have not been
+ referring to the symbols in the raw data have not been
modified, so we have to have a negative addend to compensate.
Note that symbols which used to be common must be left alone. */
diff --git a/bfd/compress.c b/bfd/compress.c
index 95e8c23..2fc032a 100644
--- a/bfd/compress.c
+++ b/bfd/compress.c
@@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ bfd_compress_section_contents (bfd *abfd, sec_ptr sec,
if (orig_compression_header_size == 0)
{
/* Convert it from .zdebug* section. Get the uncompressed
- size first. We need to substract the 12-byte overhead in
+ size first. We need to subtract the 12-byte overhead in
.zdebug* section. Set orig_compression_header_size to
the 12-bye overhead. */
orig_compression_header_size = 12;
diff --git a/bfd/cpu-sh.c b/bfd/cpu-sh.c
index f920826..cca1e4b 100644
--- a/bfd/cpu-sh.c
+++ b/bfd/cpu-sh.c
@@ -445,7 +445,7 @@ sh_get_arch_up_from_bfd_mach (unsigned long mach)
}
-/* Convert an arbitary arch_set - not necessarily corresponding
+/* Convert an arbitrary arch_set - not necessarily corresponding
directly to anything in the table above - to the most generic
architecture which supports all the required features, and
return the corresponding BFD mach. */
diff --git a/bfd/doc/chew.c b/bfd/doc/chew.c
index bf3d249..8f94cd6 100644
--- a/bfd/doc/chew.c
+++ b/bfd/doc/chew.c
@@ -946,7 +946,7 @@ kill_bogus_lines ()
idx--;
idx++;
- /* Copy buffer upto last char, but blank lines before and after
+ /* Copy buffer up to last char, but blank lines before and after
dots don't count. */
sl = 1;
diff --git a/bfd/dwarf1.c b/bfd/dwarf1.c
index fbd0345..b168d84 100644
--- a/bfd/dwarf1.c
+++ b/bfd/dwarf1.c
@@ -500,7 +500,7 @@ _bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (bfd *abfd,
}
/* A null debug_section indicates that there was no dwarf1 info
- or that an error occured while setting up the stash. */
+ or that an error occurred while setting up the stash. */
if (! stash->debug_section)
return FALSE;
diff --git a/bfd/dwarf2.c b/bfd/dwarf2.c
index e2c8dee..f3698bd 100644
--- a/bfd/dwarf2.c
+++ b/bfd/dwarf2.c
@@ -335,7 +335,7 @@ const struct dwarf_debug_section dwarf_debug_sections[] =
{ NULL, NULL },
};
-/* NB/ Numbers in this enum must match up with indicies
+/* NB/ Numbers in this enum must match up with indices
into the dwarf_debug_sections[] array above. */
enum dwarf_debug_section_enum
{
@@ -4134,7 +4134,7 @@ _bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (bfd *abfd,
addr += section->vma;
/* A null info_ptr indicates that there is no dwarf2 info
- (or that an error occured while setting up the stash). */
+ (or that an error occurred while setting up the stash). */
if (! stash->info_ptr)
return FALSE;
diff --git a/bfd/ecoff.c b/bfd/ecoff.c
index 5c942bd..5157b90 100644
--- a/bfd/ecoff.c
+++ b/bfd/ecoff.c
@@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ _bfd_ecoff_new_section_hook (bfd *abfd, asection *section)
{ _PDATA, SEC_ALLOC | SEC_DATA | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY},
{ _BSS, SEC_ALLOC},
{ _SBSS, SEC_ALLOC},
- /* An Irix 4 shared libary. */
+ /* An Irix 4 shared library. */
{ _LIB, SEC_COFF_SHARED_LIBRARY}
};
diff --git a/bfd/elf-bfd.h b/bfd/elf-bfd.h
index 06bd800..0f9226d 100644
--- a/bfd/elf-bfd.h
+++ b/bfd/elf-bfd.h
@@ -2461,7 +2461,7 @@ extern char *elfcore_write_register_note
This is an "internal" structure in the sense that it should be used
to pass information to BFD (via the `elfcore_write_linux_prpsinfo'
- function), so things like endianess shouldn't be an issue. This
+ function), so things like endianness shouldn't be an issue. This
structure will eventually be converted in one of the
`elf_external_linux_*' structures and written out to an output bfd
by one of the functions declared below. */
diff --git a/bfd/elf-eh-frame.c b/bfd/elf-eh-frame.c
index 44d4e1e..c31cd19 100644
--- a/bfd/elf-eh-frame.c
+++ b/bfd/elf-eh-frame.c
@@ -1790,7 +1790,7 @@ _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame (bfd *abfd,
end = buf + ent->size;
new_size = size_of_output_cie_fde (ent, ptr_size);
- /* Update the size. It may be shrinked. */
+ /* Update the size. It may be shrunk. */
bfd_put_32 (abfd, new_size - 4, buf);
/* Filling the extra bytes with DW_CFA_nops. */
@@ -1950,7 +1950,7 @@ _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame (bfd *abfd,
(*info->callbacks->einfo)
(_("%P: DW_EH_PE_datarel unspecified"
" for this architecture.\n"));
- /* Fall thru */
+ /* Fallthru */
case bfd_arch_frv:
case bfd_arch_i386:
BFD_ASSERT (htab->hgot != NULL
diff --git a/bfd/elf-m10200.c b/bfd/elf-m10200.c
index c2e8b98..2f9d6a4 100644
--- a/bfd/elf-m10200.c
+++ b/bfd/elf-m10200.c
@@ -823,7 +823,7 @@ mn10200_elf_relax_section (bfd *abfd,
be necessary, but why take the chance.
Note these checks assume that R_MN10200_PCREL8 relocs
- only occur on bCC and bCCx insns. If they occured
+ only occur on bCC and bCCx insns. If they occurred
elsewhere, we'd need to know the start of this insn
for this check to be accurate. */
code = bfd_get_8 (abfd, contents + irel->r_offset - 1);
diff --git a/bfd/elf-m10300.c b/bfd/elf-m10300.c
index 4a8a297..a8e3e9d 100644
--- a/bfd/elf-m10300.c
+++ b/bfd/elf-m10300.c
@@ -2412,7 +2412,7 @@ mn10300_elf_relax_delete_bytes (bfd *abfd,
{
/* If there is an align reloc at the end of the section ignore it.
GAS creates these relocs for reasons of its own, and they just
- serve to keep the section artifically inflated. */
+ serve to keep the section artificially inflated. */
if (ELF32_R_TYPE ((irelend - 1)->r_info) == (int) R_MN10300_ALIGN)
--irelend;
@@ -3742,7 +3742,7 @@ mn10300_elf_relax_section (bfd *abfd,
be necessary, but why take the chance.
Note these checks assume that R_MN10300_PCREL8 relocs
- only occur on bCC and bCCx insns. If they occured
+ only occur on bCC and bCCx insns. If they occurred
elsewhere, we'd need to know the start of this insn
for this check to be accurate. */
code = bfd_get_8 (abfd, contents + irel->r_offset - 1);
@@ -5484,7 +5484,7 @@ _bfd_mn10300_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd * output_bfd,
as it means that the size of the PLT0 section (15 bytes) is not
a multiple of the sh_entsize. Some ELF tools flag this as an
error. We could pad PLT0 to 16 bytes, but that would introduce
- compatibilty issues with previous toolchains, so instead we
+ compatibility issues with previous toolchains, so instead we
just set the entry size to 1. */
elf_section_data (splt->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize = 1;
}
diff --git a/bfd/elf.c b/bfd/elf.c
index 936255e..5d44fcf 100644
--- a/bfd/elf.c
+++ b/bfd/elf.c
@@ -1312,7 +1312,7 @@ copy_special_section_fields (const bfd *ibfd,
Note: Strictly speaking these assignments are wrong.
The sh_link and sh_info fields should point to the
- relevent sections in the output BFD, which may not be in
+ relevant sections in the output BFD, which may not be in
the same location as they were in the input BFD. But
the whole point of this action is to preserve the
original values of the sh_link and sh_info fields, so
@@ -1940,7 +1940,7 @@ bfd_section_from_shdr (bfd *abfd, unsigned int shindex)
if (++ nesting > 3)
{
/* PR17512: A corrupt ELF binary might contain a recursive group of
- sections, with each the string indicies pointing to the next in the
+ sections, with each the string indices pointing to the next in the
loop. Detect this here, by refusing to load a section that we are
already in the process of loading. We only trigger this test if
we have nested at least three sections deep as normal ELF binaries
@@ -4992,7 +4992,7 @@ elf_sort_sections (const void *arg1, const void *arg2)
{
if (TOEND (sec2))
{
- /* If the indicies are the same, do not return 0
+ /* If the indices are the same, do not return 0
here, but continue to try the next comparison. */
if (sec1->target_index - sec2->target_index != 0)
return sec1->target_index - sec2->target_index;
@@ -7262,7 +7262,7 @@ copy_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
{
/* PR binutils/3535. The Solaris linker always sets the p_paddr
and p_memsz fields of special segments (DYNAMIC, INTERP) to 0
- which severly confuses things, so always regenerate the segment
+ which severely confuses things, so always regenerate the segment
map in this case. */
if (segment->p_paddr == 0
&& segment->p_memsz == 0
diff --git a/bfd/elf32-arc.c b/bfd/elf32-arc.c
index 9ef5368..6658edd 100644
--- a/bfd/elf32-arc.c
+++ b/bfd/elf32-arc.c
@@ -551,7 +551,7 @@ arc_elf_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
flagword in_flags;
asection *sec;
- /* Check if we have the same endianess. */
+ /* Check if we have the same endianness. */
if (! _bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd, info))
return FALSE;
@@ -617,7 +617,7 @@ arc_elf_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
bfd_get_filename (ibfd), (long)in_flags, (long)out_flags);
if (in_flags && out_flags)
return FALSE;
- /* MWDT doesnt set the eflags hence make sure we choose the
+ /* MWDT doesn't set the eflags hence make sure we choose the
eflags set by gcc. */
in_flags = in_flags > out_flags ? in_flags : out_flags;
}
diff --git a/bfd/elf32-arm.c b/bfd/elf32-arm.c
index 8a20260..944e237 100644
--- a/bfd/elf32-arm.c
+++ b/bfd/elf32-arm.c
@@ -4673,7 +4673,7 @@ arm_dedicated_stub_section_padding (enum elf32_arm_stub_type stub_type)
/* If veneers of type STUB_TYPE should go in a dedicated output section,
returns the address of the hash table field in HTAB holding the offset at
- which new veneers should be layed out in the stub section. */
+ which new veneers should be laid out in the stub section. */
static bfd_vma*
arm_new_stubs_start_offset_ptr (struct elf32_arm_link_hash_table *htab,
@@ -5867,7 +5867,7 @@ arm_list_new_cmse_stub (struct bfd_hash_entry *gen_entry, void *gen_info)
The function returns whether an error occurred. If no error occurred,
*CMSE_STUB_CREATED gives the number of SG veneers created by both cmse_scan
and this function and HTAB->new_cmse_stub_offset is set to the biggest
- veneer observed set for new veneers to be layed out after. */
+ veneer observed set for new veneers to be laid out after. */
static bfd_boolean
set_cmse_veneer_addr_from_implib (struct bfd_link_info *info,
@@ -9066,7 +9066,7 @@ elf32_arm_to_thumb_export_stub (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void * inf)
return TRUE;
}
-/* Populate ARMv4 BX veneers. Returns the absolute adress of the veneer. */
+/* Populate ARMv4 BX veneers. Returns the absolute address of the veneer. */
static bfd_vma
elf32_arm_bx_glue (struct bfd_link_info * info, int reg)
@@ -10787,7 +10787,7 @@ elf32_arm_final_link_relocate (reloc_howto_type * howto,
else
signed_check = check | ~((bfd_vma) -1 >> howto->rightshift);
- /* Calculate the permissable maximum and minimum values for
+ /* Calculate the permissible maximum and minimum values for
this relocation according to whether we're relocating for
Thumb-2 or not. */
bitsize = howto->bitsize;
@@ -13469,7 +13469,7 @@ elf32_arm_attributes_accept_div (const obj_attribute *attr)
switch (attr[Tag_DIV_use].i)
{
case 0:
- /* Integer divide allowed if instruction contained in archetecture. */
+ /* Integer divide allowed if instruction contained in architecture. */
if (arch == TAG_CPU_ARCH_V7 && (profile == 'R' || profile == 'M'))
return TRUE;
else if (arch >= TAG_CPU_ARCH_V7E_M)
@@ -13960,7 +13960,7 @@ elf32_arm_merge_eabi_attributes (bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
}
break;
case Tag_ABI_VFP_args:
- /* Aready done. */
+ /* Already done. */
break;
case Tag_ABI_WMMX_args:
if (in_attr[i].i != out_attr[i].i)
@@ -19657,13 +19657,13 @@ elf32_arm_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
/* Check to see if the input BFD actually contains any sections. If
not, its flags may not have been initialised either, but it
- cannot actually cause any incompatiblity. Do not short-circuit
+ cannot actually cause any incompatibility. Do not short-circuit
dynamic objects; their section list may be emptied by
elf_link_add_object_symbols.
Also check to see if there are no code sections in the input.
In this case there is no need to check for code specific flags.
- XXX - do we need to worry about floating-point format compatability
+ XXX - do we need to worry about floating-point format compatibility
in data sections ? */
if (!(ibfd->flags & DYNAMIC))
{
diff --git a/bfd/elf32-avr.c b/bfd/elf32-avr.c
index 46a2b27..20da04c 100644
--- a/bfd/elf32-avr.c
+++ b/bfd/elf32-avr.c
@@ -1717,7 +1717,7 @@ elf32_avr_is_diff_reloc (Elf_Internal_Rela *irel)
|| ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == R_AVR_DIFF32);
}
-/* Reduce the diff value written in the section by count if the shrinked
+/* Reduce the diff value written in the section by count if the shrunk
insn address happens to fall between the two symbols for which this
diff reloc was emitted. */
@@ -1769,7 +1769,7 @@ elf32_avr_adjust_diff_reloc_value (bfd *abfd,
/* For a diff reloc sym1 - sym2 the diff at assembly time (x) is written
into the object file at the reloc offset. sym2's logical value is
symval (<start_of_section>) + reloc addend. Compute the start and end
- addresses and check if the shrinked insn falls between sym1 and sym2. */
+ addresses and check if the shrunk insn falls between sym1 and sym2. */
bfd_vma sym2_address = symval + irel->r_addend;
bfd_vma sym1_address = sym2_address - x;
@@ -1856,7 +1856,7 @@ elf32_avr_adjust_reloc_if_spans_insn (bfd *abfd,
/* Delete some bytes from a section while changing the size of an instruction.
The parameter "addr" denotes the section-relative offset pointing just
- behind the shrinked instruction. "addr+count" point at the first
+ behind the shrunk instruction. "addr+count" point at the first
byte just behind the original unshrinked instruction. If delete_shrinks_insn
is FALSE, we are deleting redundant padding bytes from relax_info prop
record handling. In that case, addr is section-relative offset of start
@@ -1998,8 +1998,8 @@ elf32_avr_relax_delete_bytes (bfd *abfd,
/* The reloc's own addresses are now ok. However, we need to readjust
the reloc's addend, i.e. the reloc's value if two conditions are met:
1.) the reloc is relative to a symbol in this section that
- is located in front of the shrinked instruction
- 2.) symbol plus addend end up behind the shrinked instruction.
+ is located in front of the shrunk instruction
+ 2.) symbol plus addend end up behind the shrunk instruction.
The most common case where this happens are relocs relative to
the section-start symbol.
@@ -3849,7 +3849,7 @@ elf32_avr_build_stubs (struct bfd_link_info *info)
stub_sec->size = 0;
}
- /* Allocate memory for the adress mapping table. */
+ /* Allocate memory for the address mapping table. */
htab->amt_entry_cnt = 0;
htab->amt_max_entry_cnt = total_size / 4;
htab->amt_stub_offsets = bfd_malloc (sizeof (bfd_vma)
diff --git a/bfd/elf32-bfin.c b/bfd/elf32-bfin.c
index 3076ec9..43f4e02 100644
--- a/bfd/elf32-bfin.c
+++ b/bfd/elf32-bfin.c
@@ -122,9 +122,9 @@ bfin_pcrel24_reloc (bfd *abfd,
short x;
/* We are getting reloc_entry->address 2 byte off from
- the start of instruction. Assuming absolute postion
+ the start of instruction. Assuming absolute position
of the reloc data. But, following code had been written assuming
- reloc address is starting at begining of instruction.
+ reloc address is starting at beginning of instruction.
To compensate that I have increased the value of
relocation by 1 (effectively 2) and used the addr -2 instead of addr. */
@@ -1321,9 +1321,9 @@ bfin_final_link_relocate (Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, reloc_howto_type *howto,
value -= address;
/* We are getting reloc_entry->address 2 byte off from
- the start of instruction. Assuming absolute postion
+ the start of instruction. Assuming absolute position
of the reloc data. But, following code had been written assuming
- reloc address is starting at begining of instruction.
+ reloc address is starting at beginning of instruction.
To compensate that I have increased the value of
relocation by 1 (effectively 2) and used the addr -2 instead of addr. */
diff --git a/bfd/elf32-hppa.c b/bfd/elf32-hppa.c
index de3b7ea..32139c3 100644
--- a/bfd/elf32-hppa.c
+++ b/bfd/elf32-hppa.c
@@ -3401,7 +3401,7 @@ final_link_relocate (asection *input_section,
else
return bfd_reloc_undefined;
}
- /* Fall thru. */
+ /* Fallthru. */
case R_PARISC_PCREL21L:
case R_PARISC_PCREL17C:
@@ -3471,7 +3471,7 @@ final_link_relocate (asection *input_section,
break;
}
- /* Fall thru. */
+ /* Fallthru. */
case R_PARISC_DLTIND21L:
case R_PARISC_DLTIND14R:
diff --git a/bfd/elf32-i386.c b/bfd/elf32-i386.c
index 6b1f1b0..320b874 100644
--- a/bfd/elf32-i386.c
+++ b/bfd/elf32-i386.c
@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ static reloc_howto_type elf_howto_table[]=
/* We have a gap in the reloc numbers here.
R_386_standard counts the number up to this point, and
R_386_ext_offset is the value to subtract from a reloc type of
- R_386_16 thru R_386_PC8 to form an index into this table. */
+ R_386_16 through R_386_PC8 to form an index into this table. */
#define R_386_standard (R_386_GOTPC + 1)
#define R_386_ext_offset (R_386_TLS_TPOFF - R_386_standard)
@@ -5558,7 +5558,7 @@ elf_i386_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *output_bfd,
abort ();
/* For non-shared object, we can't use .got.plt, which
- contains the real function addres if we need pointer
+ contains the real function address if we need pointer
equality. We load the GOT entry with the PLT entry. */
plt = htab->elf.splt ? htab->elf.splt : htab->elf.iplt;
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
diff --git a/bfd/elf32-ip2k.c b/bfd/elf32-ip2k.c
index 41e5081..d99568a 100644
--- a/bfd/elf32-ip2k.c
+++ b/bfd/elf32-ip2k.c
@@ -995,7 +995,7 @@ ip2k_elf_relax_section_page (bfd *abfd,
int switch_table_128;
int switch_table_256;
- /* Walk thru the section looking for relaxation opportunities. */
+ /* Walk through the section looking for relaxation opportunities. */
for (irel = misc->irelbase; irel < irelend; irel++)
{
if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_IP2K_PAGE3)
diff --git a/bfd/elf32-m68k.c b/bfd/elf32-m68k.c
index af3f02f..f63f840 100644
--- a/bfd/elf32-m68k.c
+++ b/bfd/elf32-m68k.c
@@ -703,7 +703,7 @@ struct elf_m68k_got_entry
struct
{
/* Offset from the start of .got section. To calculate offset relative
- to GOT pointer one should substract got->offset from this value. */
+ to GOT pointer one should subtract got->offset from this value. */
bfd_vma offset;
/* Pointer to the next GOT entry for this global symbol.
@@ -1294,7 +1294,7 @@ elf32_m68k_print_private_bfd_data (bfd *abfd, void * ptr)
an empty GOT and traverse bfd2got hashtable putting got_entries from
local GOTs to the new 'big' one. We do that by constructing an
intermediate GOT holding all the entries the local GOT has and the big
- GOT lacks. Then we check if there is room in the big GOT to accomodate
+ GOT lacks. Then we check if there is room in the big GOT to accommodate
all the entries from diff. On success we add those entries to the big
GOT; on failure we start the new 'big' GOT and retry the adding of
entries from the local GOT. Note that this retry will always succeed as
diff --git a/bfd/elf32-nds32.c b/bfd/elf32-nds32.c
index 1722e1f..c0260bf 100644
--- a/bfd/elf32-nds32.c
+++ b/bfd/elf32-nds32.c
@@ -8240,8 +8240,8 @@ nds32_elf_write_16 (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, bfd_byte *contents,
If not found, return irelend.
Assuming relocations are sorted by r_offset,
- we find the relocation from `reloc' backward untill relocs,
- or find it from `reloc' forward untill irelend. */
+ we find the relocation from `reloc' backward until relocs,
+ or find it from `reloc' forward until irelend. */
static Elf_Internal_Rela *
find_relocs_at_address (Elf_Internal_Rela *reloc,
@@ -8273,8 +8273,8 @@ find_relocs_at_address (Elf_Internal_Rela *reloc,
If not found, return irelend.
Assuming relocations are sorted by r_offset,
- we find the relocation from `reloc' backward untill relocs,
- or find it from `reloc' forward untill irelend. */
+ we find the relocation from `reloc' backward until relocs,
+ or find it from `reloc' forward until irelend. */
static Elf_Internal_Rela *
find_relocs_at_address_addr (Elf_Internal_Rela *reloc,
@@ -11959,7 +11959,7 @@ nds32_elf_relax_section (bfd *abfd, asection *sec,
break;
}
- /* The begining of general relaxation. */
+ /* The beginning of general relaxation. */
if (is_SDA_BASE_set == 0)
{
@@ -12522,7 +12522,7 @@ nds32_fag_free_list (struct nds32_fag *head)
so we can track the symbol instead of a fixed address.
When relaxation, the address of an datum may change,
- because a text section is shrinked, so the data section
+ because a text section is shrunk, so the data section
moves forward. If the aligments of text and data section
are different, their distance may change too.
Therefore, tracking a fixed address is not appriate. */
@@ -12540,7 +12540,7 @@ nds32_fag_find_base (struct nds32_fag *head, struct nds32_fag **bestpp)
In each iteration, we could simply subtract previous fag
and accumulate following fags which are inside the window,
- untill we each the end. */
+ until we each the end. */
if (head->next == NULL)
{
@@ -12915,7 +12915,7 @@ error_return:
/* This is a version of bfd_generic_get_relocated_section_contents.
We need this variety because relaxation will modify the dwarf
- infomation. When there is undefined symbol reference error mesage,
+ information. When there is undefined symbol reference error mesage,
linker need to dump line number where the symbol be used. However
the address is be relaxed, it can not get the original dwarf contents.
The variety only modify function call for reading in the section. */
@@ -14396,7 +14396,7 @@ nds32_elf_ex9_relocation_check (struct bfd_link_info *info,
/* We have to confirm there is no data relocation in the
same address. In general case, this won't happen. */
/* We have to do ex9 conservative, for those relocation not
- considerd we ignore instruction. */
+ considered we ignore instruction. */
result |= DATA_EXIST;
if (*(contents + *off) & 0x80)
result |= (2 << 24);
@@ -14748,7 +14748,7 @@ nds32_elf_ex9_replace_instruction (struct bfd_link_info *info, bfd *abfd, asecti
if (save_irel)
{
- /* For instuction with relocation do relax. */
+ /* For instruction with relocation do relax. */
irel_ptr = (struct elf_nds32_irel_entry *)
bfd_malloc (sizeof (struct elf_nds32_irel_entry));
irel_ptr->irel = irel;
diff --git a/bfd/elf32-rx.c b/bfd/elf32-rx.c
index f5377c0..d127d45 100644
--- a/bfd/elf32-rx.c
+++ b/bfd/elf32-rx.c
@@ -2665,7 +2665,7 @@ elf32_rx_relax_section (bfd * abfd,
/* Branches over alignment chunks are problematic, as
deleting bytes here makes the branch *further* away. We
- can be agressive with branches within this alignment
+ can be aggressive with branches within this alignment
block, but not branches outside it. */
if ((prev_alignment == NULL
|| symval < (bfd_vma)(sec_start + prev_alignment->r_offset))
diff --git a/bfd/elf32-xtensa.c b/bfd/elf32-xtensa.c
index 5963458..90e539a 100644
--- a/bfd/elf32-xtensa.c
+++ b/bfd/elf32-xtensa.c
@@ -7350,7 +7350,7 @@ is_resolvable_asm_expansion (bfd *abfd,
self_address will be at least as far into the output section
as it is prior to relaxation.
- If the displacement is postive, assume the destination will be in
+ If the displacement is positive, assume the destination will be in
it's pre-relaxed location (because relaxation only makes sections
smaller). The self_address could go all the way to the beginning
of the output section. */
@@ -7818,7 +7818,7 @@ error_return:
}
-/* Do not widen an instruction if it is preceeded by a
+/* Do not widen an instruction if it is preceded by a
loop opcode. It might cause misalignment. */
static bfd_boolean
@@ -10394,7 +10394,7 @@ relax_property_section (bfd *abfd,
entries the resulting size should be zero with an
offset before or after the fill address depending
on whether the expanding unreachable entry
- preceeds it. */
+ precedes it. */
if (last_zfill_target_sec == 0
|| last_zfill_target_sec != target_sec
|| last_zfill_target_offset != old_offset)
diff --git a/bfd/elf64-ia64-vms.c b/bfd/elf64-ia64-vms.c
index e7b82ce..18a8f65 100644
--- a/bfd/elf64-ia64-vms.c
+++ b/bfd/elf64-ia64-vms.c
@@ -3229,7 +3229,7 @@ elf64_ia64_choose_gp (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info, bfd_boolean final)
{
bfd_vma short_range = max_short_vma - min_short_vma;
- /* If min_short_sec is set, pick one in the middle bewteen
+ /* If min_short_sec is set, pick one in the middle between
min_short_vma and max_short_vma. */
if (short_range >= 0x400000)
goto overflow;
diff --git a/bfd/elf64-mips.c b/bfd/elf64-mips.c
index 8cd0a73..936084e 100644
--- a/bfd/elf64-mips.c
+++ b/bfd/elf64-mips.c
@@ -605,7 +605,7 @@ static reloc_howto_type mips_elf64_howto_table_rel[] =
EMPTY_HOWTO (R_MIPS_ADD_IMMEDIATE),
EMPTY_HOWTO (R_MIPS_PJUMP),
- /* Similiar to R_MIPS_REL32, but used for relocations in a GOT section.
+ /* Similar to R_MIPS_REL32, but used for relocations in a GOT section.
It must be used for multigot GOT's (and only there). */
HOWTO (R_MIPS_RELGOT, /* type */
0, /* rightshift */
@@ -1386,7 +1386,7 @@ static reloc_howto_type mips_elf64_howto_table_rela[] =
EMPTY_HOWTO (R_MIPS_ADD_IMMEDIATE),
EMPTY_HOWTO (R_MIPS_PJUMP),
- /* Similiar to R_MIPS_REL32, but used for relocations in a GOT section.
+ /* Similar to R_MIPS_REL32, but used for relocations in a GOT section.
It must be used for multigot GOT's (and only there). */
HOWTO (R_MIPS_RELGOT, /* type */
0, /* rightshift */
diff --git a/bfd/elf64-ppc.c b/bfd/elf64-ppc.c
index d011303..8e8277e 100644
--- a/bfd/elf64-ppc.c
+++ b/bfd/elf64-ppc.c
@@ -8829,7 +8829,7 @@ ppc64_elf_tls_optimize (struct bfd_link_info *info)
the values of any global symbols in a toc section that has been
edited. Globals in toc sections should be a rarity, so this function
sets a flag if any are found in toc sections other than the one just
- edited, so that futher hash table traversals can be avoided. */
+ edited, so that further hash table traversals can be avoided. */
struct adjust_toc_info
{
diff --git a/bfd/elf64-x86-64.c b/bfd/elf64-x86-64.c
index 2e21899..83494ac 100644
--- a/bfd/elf64-x86-64.c
+++ b/bfd/elf64-x86-64.c
@@ -6012,7 +6012,7 @@ elf_x86_64_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *output_bfd,
abort ();
/* For non-shared object, we can't use .got.plt, which
- contains the real function addres if we need pointer
+ contains the real function address if we need pointer
equality. We load the GOT entry with the PLT entry. */
plt = htab->elf.splt ? htab->elf.splt : htab->elf.iplt;
bfd_put_64 (output_bfd, (plt->output_section->vma
diff --git a/bfd/elfcode.h b/bfd/elfcode.h
index c7e0e46..5c50dff 100644
--- a/bfd/elfcode.h
+++ b/bfd/elfcode.h
@@ -751,7 +751,7 @@ elf_object_p (bfd *abfd)
{
/* PR 2257:
We used to just goto got_wrong_format_error here
- but there are binaries in existance for which this test
+ but there are binaries in existence for which this test
will prevent the binutils from working with them at all.
So we are kind, and reset the string index value to 0
so that at least some processing can be done. */
diff --git a/bfd/elflink.c b/bfd/elflink.c
index ddbe801..db047dc 100644
--- a/bfd/elflink.c
+++ b/bfd/elflink.c
@@ -6665,7 +6665,7 @@ bfd_elf_size_dynsym_hash_dynstr (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
- /* Assign dynsym indicies. In a shared library we generate a
+ /* Assign dynsym indices. In a shared library we generate a
section symbol for each output section, which come first.
Next come all of the back-end allocated local dynamic syms,
followed by the rest of the global symbols. */
diff --git a/bfd/elfn32-mips.c b/bfd/elfn32-mips.c
index c7ca646..8530a04 100644
--- a/bfd/elfn32-mips.c
+++ b/bfd/elfn32-mips.c
@@ -570,7 +570,7 @@ static reloc_howto_type elf_mips_howto_table_rel[] =
EMPTY_HOWTO (R_MIPS_ADD_IMMEDIATE),
EMPTY_HOWTO (R_MIPS_PJUMP),
- /* Similiar to R_MIPS_REL32, but used for relocations in a GOT section.
+ /* Similar to R_MIPS_REL32, but used for relocations in a GOT section.
It must be used for multigot GOT's (and only there). */
HOWTO (R_MIPS_RELGOT, /* type */
0, /* rightshift */
@@ -1352,7 +1352,7 @@ static reloc_howto_type elf_mips_howto_table_rela[] =
EMPTY_HOWTO (R_MIPS_ADD_IMMEDIATE),
EMPTY_HOWTO (R_MIPS_PJUMP),
- /* Similiar to R_MIPS_REL32, but used for relocations in a GOT section.
+ /* Similar to R_MIPS_REL32, but used for relocations in a GOT section.
It must be used for multigot GOT's (and only there). */
HOWTO (R_MIPS_RELGOT, /* type */
0, /* rightshift */
diff --git a/bfd/elfnn-aarch64.c b/bfd/elfnn-aarch64.c
index 99b2a04..452ae97 100644
--- a/bfd/elfnn-aarch64.c
+++ b/bfd/elfnn-aarch64.c
@@ -6368,7 +6368,7 @@ elfNN_aarch64_relocate_section (bfd *output_bfd,
section to hold our R_AARCH64_TLSDESC, the next
available slot is determined from reloc_count,
which we step. But note, reloc_count was
- artifically moved down while allocating slots for
+ artificially moved down while allocating slots for
real PLT relocs such that all of the PLT relocs
will fit above the initial reloc_count and the
extra stuff will fit below. */
@@ -6540,7 +6540,7 @@ elfNN_aarch64_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
bfd_boolean flags_compatible = TRUE;
asection *sec;
- /* Check if we have the same endianess. */
+ /* Check if we have the same endianness. */
if (!_bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd, info))
return FALSE;
@@ -6585,13 +6585,13 @@ elfNN_aarch64_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
/* Check to see if the input BFD actually contains any sections. If
not, its flags may not have been initialised either, but it
- cannot actually cause any incompatiblity. Do not short-circuit
+ cannot actually cause any incompatibility. Do not short-circuit
dynamic objects; their section list may be emptied by
elf_link_add_object_symbols.
Also check to see if there are no code sections in the input.
In this case there is no need to check for code specific flags.
- XXX - do we need to worry about floating-point format compatability
+ XXX - do we need to worry about floating-point format compatibility
in data sections ? */
if (!(ibfd->flags & DYNAMIC))
{
@@ -8001,7 +8001,7 @@ elfNN_aarch64_allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *inf)
/* We need to ensure that all GOT entries that serve the PLT
are consecutive with the special GOT slots [0] [1] and
- [2]. Any addtional relocations, such as
+ [2]. Any additional relocations, such as
R_AARCH64_TLSDESC, must be placed after the PLT related
entries. We abuse the reloc_count such that during
sizing we adjust reloc_count to indicate the number of
diff --git a/bfd/elfnn-ia64.c b/bfd/elfnn-ia64.c
index 32f9411..9c51d58 100644
--- a/bfd/elfnn-ia64.c
+++ b/bfd/elfnn-ia64.c
@@ -3634,7 +3634,7 @@ elfNN_ia64_choose_gp (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info, bfd_boolean final)
{
bfd_vma short_range = max_short_vma - min_short_vma;
- /* If min_short_sec is set, pick one in the middle bewteen
+ /* If min_short_sec is set, pick one in the middle between
min_short_vma and max_short_vma. */
if (short_range >= 0x400000)
goto overflow;
diff --git a/bfd/elfxx-mips.c b/bfd/elfxx-mips.c
index 0e56ffa..af33ffa 100644
--- a/bfd/elfxx-mips.c
+++ b/bfd/elfxx-mips.c
@@ -6939,7 +6939,7 @@ _bfd_mips_elf_symbol_processing (bfd *abfd, asymbol *asym)
{
asym->section = section;
/* MIPS_TEXT is a bit special, the address is not an offset
- to the base of the .text section. So substract the section
+ to the base of the .text section. So subtract the section
base address to make it an offset. */
asym->value -= section->vma;
}
@@ -6954,7 +6954,7 @@ _bfd_mips_elf_symbol_processing (bfd *abfd, asymbol *asym)
{
asym->section = section;
/* MIPS_DATA is a bit special, the address is not an offset
- to the base of the .data section. So substract the section
+ to the base of the .data section. So subtract the section
base address to make it an offset. */
asym->value -= section->vma;
}
@@ -16039,7 +16039,7 @@ const struct bfd_elf_special_section _bfd_mips_elf_special_sections[] =
/* Merge non visibility st_other attributes. Ensure that the
STO_OPTIONAL flag is copied into h->other, even if this is not a
- definiton of the symbol. */
+ definition of the symbol. */
void
_bfd_mips_elf_merge_symbol_attribute (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
const Elf_Internal_Sym *isym,
diff --git a/bfd/format.c b/bfd/format.c
index 15237a3..bc6def1 100644
--- a/bfd/format.c
+++ b/bfd/format.c
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ DESCRIPTION
<<bfd_core>>.
o <<bfd_error_system_call>> -
- if an error occured during a read - even some file mismatches
+ if an error occurred during a read - even some file mismatches
can cause bfd_error_system_calls.
o <<file_not_recognised>> -
diff --git a/bfd/hp300hpux.c b/bfd/hp300hpux.c
index 5950e14..187f9a5 100644
--- a/bfd/hp300hpux.c
+++ b/bfd/hp300hpux.c
@@ -71,8 +71,8 @@
string2
...
- The whole symbol table is read as one chunk and then we march thru it
- and convert it to canonical form. As we march thru the table, we copy
+ The whole symbol table is read as one chunk and then we march through it
+ and convert it to canonical form. As we march through the table, we copy
the nlist data into the internal form and we compact the strings and null
terminate them, using storage from the already allocated symbol table:
@@ -508,8 +508,8 @@ NAME (aout,swap_exec_header_in) (bfd *abfd,
string2
...
- The whole symbol table is read as one chunk and then we march thru it
- and convert it to canonical form. As we march thru the table, we copy
+ The whole symbol table is read as one chunk and then we march through it
+ and convert it to canonical form. As we march through the table, we copy
the nlist data into the internal form and we compact the strings and null
terminate them, using storage from the already allocated symbol table:
@@ -551,7 +551,7 @@ MY (slurp_symbol_table) (bfd *abfd)
sym_end = (struct external_nlist *) (((char *) syms) + symbol_bytes);
- /* first, march thru the table and figure out how many symbols there are */
+ /* first, march through the table and figure out how many symbols there are */
for (sym_pointer = syms; sym_pointer < sym_end; sym_pointer++, num_syms++)
{
/* skip over the embedded symbol. */
@@ -568,9 +568,9 @@ MY (slurp_symbol_table) (bfd *abfd)
if (cached == NULL && num_syms != 0)
return FALSE;
- /* as we march thru the hp symbol table, convert it into a list of
+ /* as we march through the hp symbol table, convert it into a list of
null terminated strings to hold the symbol names. Make sure any
- assignment to the strings pointer is done after we're thru using
+ assignment to the strings pointer is done after we're through using
the nlist so we don't overwrite anything important. */
/* OK, now walk the new symtable, caching symbol properties */
diff --git a/bfd/ieee.c b/bfd/ieee.c
index 03032c5..2f7711d 100644
--- a/bfd/ieee.c
+++ b/bfd/ieee.c
@@ -3700,7 +3700,7 @@ ieee_write_object_contents (bfd *abfd)
if (! ieee_write_section_part (abfd))
return FALSE;
/* First write the symbols. This changes their values into table
- indeces so we cant use it after this point. */
+ indeces so we can't use it after this point. */
if (! ieee_write_external_part (abfd))
return FALSE;
diff --git a/bfd/libbfd.h b/bfd/libbfd.h
index 5ec3993..23d4df9 100644
--- a/bfd/libbfd.h
+++ b/bfd/libbfd.h
@@ -876,7 +876,7 @@ struct bfd_iovec
prefix is prepended to each method name. */
/* Attempt to read/write NBYTES on ABFD's IOSTREAM storing/fetching
bytes starting at PTR. Return the number of bytes actually
- transfered (a read past end-of-file returns less than NBYTES),
+ transferred (a read past end-of-file returns less than NBYTES),
or -1 (setting <<bfd_error>>) if an error occurs. */
file_ptr (*bread) (struct bfd *abfd, void *ptr, file_ptr nbytes);
file_ptr (*bwrite) (struct bfd *abfd, const void *ptr,
diff --git a/bfd/libhppa.h b/bfd/libhppa.h
index ec34908..89f610d 100644
--- a/bfd/libhppa.h
+++ b/bfd/libhppa.h
@@ -522,7 +522,7 @@ bfd_hppa_insn2fmt (bfd *abfd, int insn)
case OP_BL:
if ((insn & 0x8000) != 0)
return 22;
- /* fall thru */
+ /* fallthru */
case OP_BE:
case OP_BLE:
return 17;
diff --git a/bfd/mach-o.h b/bfd/mach-o.h
index 78c48d3..44172c0 100644
--- a/bfd/mach-o.h
+++ b/bfd/mach-o.h
@@ -371,7 +371,7 @@ typedef struct bfd_mach_o_dysymtab_command
bfd_mach_o_dysymtab_command;
/* An indirect symbol table entry is simply a 32bit index into the symbol table
- to the symbol that the pointer or stub is refering to. Unless it is for a
+ to the symbol that the pointer or stub is referring to. Unless it is for a
non-lazy symbol pointer section for a defined symbol which strip(1) has
removed. In which case it has the value INDIRECT_SYMBOL_LOCAL. If the
symbol was also absolute INDIRECT_SYMBOL_ABS is or'ed with that. */
diff --git a/bfd/opncls.c b/bfd/opncls.c
index b86bbab..8ceb308 100644
--- a/bfd/opncls.c
+++ b/bfd/opncls.c
@@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ DESCRIPTION
The new BFD is marked as cacheable iff @var{fd} is -1.
- If <<NULL>> is returned then an error has occured. Possible errors
+ If <<NULL>> is returned then an error has occurred. Possible errors
are <<bfd_error_no_memory>>, <<bfd_error_invalid_target>> or
<<system_call>> error.
@@ -273,7 +273,7 @@ DESCRIPTION
Calls <<bfd_find_target>>, so @var{target} is interpreted as by
that function.
- If <<NULL>> is returned then an error has occured. Possible errors
+ If <<NULL>> is returned then an error has occurred. Possible errors
are <<bfd_error_no_memory>>, <<bfd_error_invalid_target>> or
<<system_call>> error.
diff --git a/bfd/reloc.c b/bfd/reloc.c
index 56cd79b..3d6e4b2 100644
--- a/bfd/reloc.c
+++ b/bfd/reloc.c
@@ -512,7 +512,7 @@ bfd_check_overflow (enum complain_overflow how,
/* If any sign bits are set, all sign bits must be set. That
is, A must be a valid negative address after shifting. */
signmask = ~ (fieldmask >> 1);
- /* Fall thru */
+ /* Fallthru */
case complain_overflow_bitfield:
/* Bitfields are sometimes signed, sometimes unsigned. We
@@ -1458,7 +1458,7 @@ _bfd_relocate_contents (reloc_howto_type *howto,
That is, A must be a valid negative address after
shifting. */
signmask = ~(fieldmask >> 1);
- /* Fall thru */
+ /* Fallthru */
case complain_overflow_bitfield:
/* Much like the signed check, but for a field one bit
@@ -6701,11 +6701,11 @@ ENUMDOC
ENUM
BFD_RELOC_MACH_O_SUBTRACTOR32
ENUMDOC
- Symbol will be substracted. Must be followed by a BFD_RELOC_32.
+ Symbol will be subtracted. Must be followed by a BFD_RELOC_32.
ENUM
BFD_RELOC_MACH_O_SUBTRACTOR64
ENUMDOC
- Symbol will be substracted. Must be followed by a BFD_RELOC_64.
+ Symbol will be subtracted. Must be followed by a BFD_RELOC_64.
ENUM
BFD_RELOC_MACH_O_X86_64_BRANCH32
@@ -6927,7 +6927,7 @@ ENUMDOC
ENUM
BFD_RELOC_AARCH64_MOVW_G3
ENUMDOC
- AArch64 MOV[NZK] instruction with most signficant bits 48 to 64
+ AArch64 MOV[NZK] instruction with most significant bits 48 to 64
of a signed or unsigned address/value.
ENUM
BFD_RELOC_AARCH64_MOVW_G0_S
diff --git a/bfd/srec.c b/bfd/srec.c
index 4bf251d..47d680b 100644
--- a/bfd/srec.c
+++ b/bfd/srec.c
@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@
DESCRIPTION
Where
o length
- is the number of bytes following upto the checksum. Note that
+ is the number of bytes following up to the checksum. Note that
this is not the number of chars following, since it takes two
chars to represent a byte.
o type
diff --git a/bfd/sysdep.h b/bfd/sysdep.h
index 6b86646..c77fa8f 100644
--- a/bfd/sysdep.h
+++ b/bfd/sysdep.h
@@ -186,7 +186,7 @@ size_t strnlen (const char *, size_t);
This is because the code in this directory is used to build a library which
will be linked with code in other directories to form programs. We want to
- maintain a seperate translation file for this directory however, rather
+ maintain a separate translation file for this directory however, rather
than being forced to merge it with that of any program linked to libbfd.
This is a library, so it cannot depend on the catalog currently loaded.
diff --git a/bfd/versados.c b/bfd/versados.c
index cef4b68..5fb1b3e 100644
--- a/bfd/versados.c
+++ b/bfd/versados.c
@@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ typedef struct versados_data_struct
int stringlen; /* Len of string table (valid end of pass1). */
int nsecsyms; /* Number of sections. */
- int ndefs; /* Number of exported symbols (they dont get esdids). */
+ int ndefs; /* Number of exported symbols (they don't get esdids). */
int nrefs; /* Number of imported symbols (valid end of pass1). */
int ref_idx; /* Current processed value of the above. */
diff --git a/bfd/vms-alpha.c b/bfd/vms-alpha.c
index 57e6975..dcfce46 100644
--- a/bfd/vms-alpha.c
+++ b/bfd/vms-alpha.c
@@ -2473,10 +2473,10 @@ alpha_vms_object_p (bfd *abfd)
stream of bytes (like on UNIX), but there is no magic number.
Object files are written with RMS (record management service), ie
- each records are preceeded by its length (on a word - 2 bytes), and
+ each records are preceded by its length (on a word - 2 bytes), and
padded for word-alignment. That would be simple but when files
- are transfered to a UNIX filesystem (using ftp), records are lost.
- Only the raw content of the records are transfered. Fortunately,
+ are transferred to a UNIX filesystem (using ftp), records are lost.
+ Only the raw content of the records are transferred. Fortunately,
the Alpha Object file format also store the length of the record
in the records. Is that clear ? */
@@ -3347,7 +3347,7 @@ _bfd_vms_write_egsd (bfd *abfd)
if ((old_flags & BSF_GLOBAL) == 0 && !bfd_is_und_section (symbol->section))
{
/* If the LIB$INITIIALIZE section is present, add a reference to
- LIB$INITIALIZE symbol. FIXME: this should be done explicitely
+ LIB$INITIALIZE symbol. FIXME: this should be done explicitly
in the assembly file. */
if (!((old_flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) != 0
&& strcmp (symbol->section->name, "LIB$INITIALIZE") == 0))
diff --git a/bfd/vms-lib.c b/bfd/vms-lib.c
index a67ecfa..e2a6003b 100644
--- a/bfd/vms-lib.c
+++ b/bfd/vms-lib.c
@@ -2230,7 +2230,7 @@ _bfd_vms_lib_write_archive_contents (bfd *arch)
is_elfidx) != TRUE)
return FALSE;
- /* Write libary header. */
+ /* Write library header. */
{
unsigned char blk[VMS_BLOCK_SIZE];
struct vms_lhd *lhd = (struct vms_lhd *)blk;
diff --git a/bfd/vms-misc.c b/bfd/vms-misc.c
index 5fdce50..ddb96f7 100644
--- a/bfd/vms-misc.c
+++ b/bfd/vms-misc.c
@@ -478,7 +478,7 @@ get_vms_time_string (void)
}
/* Create module name from filename (ie, extract the basename and convert it
- in upper cases). Works on both VMS and UNIX pathes.
+ in upper cases). Works on both VMS and UNIX paths.
The result has to be free(). */
char *
diff --git a/bfd/vms.h b/bfd/vms.h
index 1d32036..6a399b0 100644
--- a/bfd/vms.h
+++ b/bfd/vms.h
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ enum file_format_enum
/* Not yet known. */
FF_UNKNOWN,
- /* Unix format. Each record is preceeded by the record length,
+ /* Unix format. Each record is preceded by the record length,
on 2 bytes. */
FF_FOREIGN,
diff --git a/bfd/xcofflink.c b/bfd/xcofflink.c
index cfdd018..0315cba 100644
--- a/bfd/xcofflink.c
+++ b/bfd/xcofflink.c
@@ -3401,13 +3401,13 @@ xcoff_post_gc_symbol (struct xcoff_link_hash_entry *h, void * p)
}
/* INPUT_BFD includes XCOFF symbol ISYM, which is associated with linker
- hash table entry H and csect CSECT. AUX contains ISYM's auxillary
+ hash table entry H and csect CSECT. AUX contains ISYM's auxiliary
csect information, if any. NAME is the function's name if the name
is stored in the .debug section, otherwise it is null.
Return 1 if we should include an appropriately-adjusted ISYM
in the output file, 0 if we should discard ISYM, or -1 if an
- error occured. */
+ error occurred. */
static int
xcoff_keep_symbol_p (struct bfd_link_info *info, bfd *input_bfd,
@@ -5136,7 +5136,7 @@ xcoff_find_tc0 (bfd *output_bfd, struct xcoff_final_link_info *flinfo)
irsym.n_numaux = 1;
bfd_coff_swap_sym_out (output_bfd, &irsym, flinfo->outsyms);
- /* Fill out the auxillary csect information. */
+ /* Fill out the auxiliary csect information. */
memset (&iraux, 0, sizeof iraux);
iraux.x_csect.x_smtyp = XTY_SD;
iraux.x_csect.x_smclas = XMC_TC0;
--
2.7.4
^ permalink raw reply [flat|nested] 21+ messages in thread* [PATCH 13/17] Fix spelling in comments in .l files (gdb)
2016-11-25 19:48 [PATCH 00/17] Fix spelling mistakes in comments - GDB Ambrogino Modigliani
` (8 preceding siblings ...)
2016-11-25 19:48 ` [PATCH 01/17] Fix spelling in comments in C source files (bfd) Ambrogino Modigliani
@ 2016-11-25 19:48 ` Ambrogino Modigliani
2016-11-25 19:48 ` [PATCH 04/17] Fix spelling in comments in C source files (intl) Ambrogino Modigliani
` (6 subsequent siblings)
16 siblings, 0 replies; 21+ messages in thread
From: Ambrogino Modigliani @ 2016-11-25 19:48 UTC (permalink / raw)
To: gdb-patches, pedro_alves, ambrogino.modigliani, ambrogino.modigliani
gdb/ChangeLog:
* ada-lex.l: Fix spelling in comments.
---
gdb/ada-lex.l | 4 ++--
1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)
diff --git a/gdb/ada-lex.l b/gdb/ada-lex.l
index 03204ff..05e663d 100644
--- a/gdb/ada-lex.l
+++ b/gdb/ada-lex.l
@@ -320,7 +320,7 @@ canonicalizeNumeral (char *s1, const char *s2)
/* Interprets the prefix of NUM that consists of digits of the given BASE
as an integer of that BASE, with the string EXP as an exponent.
Puts value in yylval, and returns INT, if the string is valid. Causes
- an error if the number is improperly formated. BASE, if NULL, defaults
+ an error if the number is improperly formatted. BASE, if NULL, defaults
to "10", and EXP to "1". The EXP does not contain a leading 'e' or 'E'.
*/
@@ -414,7 +414,7 @@ processReal (struct parser_state *par_state, const char *num0)
NAME0 contains the substring "___", it is assumed to be already
encoded and the resulting name is equal to it. Otherwise, it differs
from NAME0 in that:
- + Characters between '...' or <...> are transfered verbatim to
+ + Characters between '...' or <...> are transferred verbatim to
yylval.ssym.
+ <, >, and trailing "'" characters in quoted sequences are removed
(a leading quote is preserved to indicate that the name is not to be
--
2.7.4
^ permalink raw reply [flat|nested] 21+ messages in thread* [PATCH 04/17] Fix spelling in comments in C source files (intl)
2016-11-25 19:48 [PATCH 00/17] Fix spelling mistakes in comments - GDB Ambrogino Modigliani
` (9 preceding siblings ...)
2016-11-25 19:48 ` [PATCH 13/17] Fix spelling in comments in .l files (gdb) Ambrogino Modigliani
@ 2016-11-25 19:48 ` Ambrogino Modigliani
2016-11-25 21:11 ` Joseph Myers
2016-11-25 19:48 ` [PATCH 02/17] Fix spelling in comments in C source files (gdb) Ambrogino Modigliani
` (5 subsequent siblings)
16 siblings, 1 reply; 21+ messages in thread
From: Ambrogino Modigliani @ 2016-11-25 19:48 UTC (permalink / raw)
To: gdb-patches, pedro_alves, ambrogino.modigliani, ambrogino.modigliani
intl/ChangeLog:
* dcigettext.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* plural.c: Fix spelling in comments.
---
intl/dcigettext.c | 2 +-
intl/plural.c | 2 +-
2 files changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)
diff --git a/intl/dcigettext.c b/intl/dcigettext.c
index a8d4a14..2baa3e5 100644
--- a/intl/dcigettext.c
+++ b/intl/dcigettext.c
@@ -320,7 +320,7 @@ static const char *category_to_name PARAMS ((int category)) internal_function;
#endif
-/* For those loosing systems which don't have `alloca' we have to add
+/* For those losing systems which don't have `alloca' we have to add
some additional code emulating it. */
#ifdef HAVE_ALLOCA
/* Nothing has to be done. */
diff --git a/intl/plural.c b/intl/plural.c
index 951303a..9542443 100644
--- a/intl/plural.c
+++ b/intl/plural.c
@@ -717,7 +717,7 @@ yyparse (YYPARSE_PARAM_ARG)
`yyvs': related to semantic values,
`yyls': related to locations.
- Refer to the stacks thru separate pointers, to allow yyoverflow
+ Refer to the stacks through separate pointers, to allow yyoverflow
to reallocate them elsewhere. */
/* The state stack. */
--
2.7.4
^ permalink raw reply [flat|nested] 21+ messages in thread* Re: [PATCH 04/17] Fix spelling in comments in C source files (intl)
2016-11-25 19:48 ` [PATCH 04/17] Fix spelling in comments in C source files (intl) Ambrogino Modigliani
@ 2016-11-25 21:11 ` Joseph Myers
0 siblings, 0 replies; 21+ messages in thread
From: Joseph Myers @ 2016-11-25 21:11 UTC (permalink / raw)
To: Ambrogino Modigliani; +Cc: gdb-patches, pedro_alves, ambrogino.modigliani
On Fri, 25 Nov 2016, Ambrogino Modigliani wrote:
> intl/ChangeLog:
>
> * dcigettext.c: Fix spelling in comments.
This file is from GNU gettext and should be fixed there if the issue is
still in current gettext sources.
> * plural.c: Fix spelling in comments.
The text you're changing comes from GNU Bison (this is a generated file)
and should be fixed there if the issue is still in current Bison sources.
--
Joseph S. Myers
joseph@codesourcery.com
^ permalink raw reply [flat|nested] 21+ messages in thread
* [PATCH 02/17] Fix spelling in comments in C source files (gdb)
2016-11-25 19:48 [PATCH 00/17] Fix spelling mistakes in comments - GDB Ambrogino Modigliani
` (10 preceding siblings ...)
2016-11-25 19:48 ` [PATCH 04/17] Fix spelling in comments in C source files (intl) Ambrogino Modigliani
@ 2016-11-25 19:48 ` Ambrogino Modigliani
2016-11-25 19:48 ` [PATCH 09/17] Fix spelling in comments in XML " Ambrogino Modigliani
` (4 subsequent siblings)
16 siblings, 0 replies; 21+ messages in thread
From: Ambrogino Modigliani @ 2016-11-25 19:48 UTC (permalink / raw)
To: gdb-patches, pedro_alves, ambrogino.modigliani, ambrogino.modigliani
gdb/ChangeLog:
* ada-lang.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* ada-tasks.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* alpha-tdep.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* alpha-tdep.h: Fix spelling in comments.
* alpha-fbsd-tdep.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* amd64-linux-nat.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* amd64-nat.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* amd64-tdep.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* amd64-windows-tdep.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* amd64-obsd-tdep.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* arch-utils.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* arm-linux-nat.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* arm-linux-tdep.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* arm-tdep.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* auxv.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* ax-gdb.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* bcache.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* breakpoint.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* breakpoint.h: Fix spelling in comments.
* c-varobj.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* cli/cli-cmds.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* cli/cli-decode.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* cli/cli-interp.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* cli/cli-script.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* coffread.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* common/buffer.h: Fix spelling in comments.
* common/common-exceptions.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* common/gdb_signals.h: Fix spelling in comments.
* common/signals.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* complaints.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* corefile.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* cp-valprint.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* cris-tdep.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* darwin-nat.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* dbxread.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* dcache.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* doublest.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* dtrace-probe.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* dwarf2-frame.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* dwarf2loc.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* dwarf2read.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* eval.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* event-loop.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* event-top.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* exec.h: Fix spelling in comments.
* extension.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* frame-base.h: Fix spelling in comments.
* frame.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* frame.h: Fix spelling in comments.
* gdb.h: Fix spelling in comments.
* gdbtypes.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* gnu-nat.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* go32-nat.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* hppa-tdep.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* i386-linux-nat.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* i386-tdep.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* i386-fbsd-nat.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* i386-obsd-tdep.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* ia64-tdep.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* ia64-tdep.h: Fix spelling in comments.
* inf-ptrace.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* infcall.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* infcmd.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* infrun.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* linespec.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* linux-nat.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* linux-tdep.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* m32r-linux-nat.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* m32r-tdep.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* m68k-linux-nat.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* macroexp.h: Fix spelling in comments.
* macrotab.h: Fix spelling in comments.
* mdebugread.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* mep-tdep.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* mi/mi-cmds.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* mi/mi-getopt.h: Fix spelling in comments.
* mi/mi-main.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* microblaze-tdep.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* mips-tdep.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* moxie-tdep.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* mt-tdep.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* nto-procfs.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* nto-tdep.h: Fix spelling in comments.
* objc-lang.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* ppc-linux-nat.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* ppc-linux-tdep.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* printcmd.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* procfs.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* prologue-value.h: Fix spelling in comments.
* remote.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* remote-fileio.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* rs6000-aix-tdep.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* rs6000-lynx178-tdep.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* rs6000-tdep.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* rust-lang.h: Fix spelling in comments.
* s390-linux-tdep.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* ser-base.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* ser-go32.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* ser-mingw.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* sh-tdep.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* sh64-tdep.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* sol-thread.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* solib-svr4.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* solib.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* sparc-sol2-tdep.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* sparc-tdep.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* sparc64-tdep.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* stabsread.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* stabsread.h: Fix spelling in comments.
* stack.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* stubs/ia64vms-stub.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* stubs/m32r-stub.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* stubs/m68k-stub.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* symfile.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* symtab.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* target.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* target.h: Fix spelling in comments.
* target/waitstatus.h: Fix spelling in comments.
* thread.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* tilegx-linux-nat.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* tracepoint.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* tui/tui-file.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* tui/tui-win.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* tui/tui-wingeneral.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* tui/tui.h: Fix spelling in comments.
* utils.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* v850-tdep.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* valops.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* windows-nat.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* xtensa-tdep.c: Fix spelling in comments.
gdb/gdbserver/ChangeLog:
* gdbserver/event-loop.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* gdbserver/linux-aarch64-low.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* gdbserver/linux-arm-low.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* gdbserver/linux-low.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* gdbserver/linux-ppc-low.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* gdbserver/nto-low.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* gdbserver/server.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* gdbserver/server.h: Fix spelling in comments.
* gdbserver/tracepoint.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* gdbserver/win32-low.c: Fix spelling in comments.
gdb/testsuite/ChangeLog:
* testsuite/gdb.base/d10vovly.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* testsuite/gdb.base/m32rovly.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* testsuite/gdb.base/ovlymgr.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* testsuite/gdb.base/scope0.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* testsuite/gdb.base/sigrepeat.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* testsuite/lib/compiler.c: Fix spelling in comments.
* testsuite/lib/compiler.cc: Fix spelling in comments.
---
gdb/ada-lang.c | 16 ++++++++--------
gdb/ada-tasks.c | 4 ++--
gdb/alpha-fbsd-tdep.c | 4 ++--
gdb/alpha-tdep.c | 2 +-
gdb/alpha-tdep.h | 4 ++--
gdb/amd64-linux-nat.c | 4 ++--
gdb/amd64-nat.c | 2 +-
gdb/amd64-obsd-tdep.c | 2 +-
gdb/amd64-tdep.c | 2 +-
gdb/amd64-windows-tdep.c | 2 +-
gdb/arch-utils.c | 2 +-
gdb/arm-linux-nat.c | 2 +-
gdb/arm-linux-tdep.c | 2 +-
gdb/arm-tdep.c | 10 +++++-----
gdb/auxv.c | 2 +-
gdb/ax-gdb.c | 2 +-
gdb/bcache.c | 2 +-
gdb/breakpoint.c | 2 +-
gdb/breakpoint.h | 2 +-
gdb/c-varobj.c | 2 +-
gdb/cli/cli-cmds.c | 2 +-
gdb/cli/cli-decode.c | 2 +-
gdb/cli/cli-interp.c | 4 ++--
gdb/cli/cli-script.c | 4 ++--
gdb/coffread.c | 4 ++--
gdb/common/buffer.h | 2 +-
gdb/common/common-exceptions.c | 2 +-
gdb/common/gdb_signals.h | 4 ++--
gdb/common/signals.c | 2 +-
gdb/complaints.c | 4 ++--
gdb/corefile.c | 2 +-
gdb/cp-valprint.c | 2 +-
gdb/cris-tdep.c | 6 +++---
gdb/darwin-nat.c | 2 +-
gdb/dbxread.c | 4 ++--
gdb/dcache.c | 2 +-
gdb/doublest.c | 2 +-
gdb/dtrace-probe.c | 2 +-
gdb/dwarf2-frame.c | 8 ++++----
gdb/dwarf2loc.c | 2 +-
gdb/dwarf2read.c | 4 ++--
gdb/eval.c | 2 +-
gdb/event-loop.c | 4 ++--
gdb/event-top.c | 2 +-
gdb/exec.h | 2 +-
gdb/extension.c | 2 +-
gdb/frame-base.h | 2 +-
gdb/frame.c | 2 +-
gdb/frame.h | 2 +-
gdb/gdb.h | 4 ++--
gdb/gdbserver/event-loop.c | 2 +-
gdb/gdbserver/linux-aarch64-low.c | 2 +-
gdb/gdbserver/linux-arm-low.c | 2 +-
gdb/gdbserver/linux-low.c | 2 +-
gdb/gdbserver/linux-ppc-low.c | 2 +-
gdb/gdbserver/nto-low.c | 2 +-
gdb/gdbserver/server.c | 6 +++---
gdb/gdbserver/server.h | 2 +-
gdb/gdbserver/tracepoint.c | 2 +-
gdb/gdbserver/win32-low.c | 6 +++---
gdb/gdbtypes.c | 12 ++++++------
gdb/gnu-nat.c | 4 ++--
gdb/go32-nat.c | 2 +-
gdb/hppa-tdep.c | 4 ++--
gdb/i386-fbsd-nat.c | 2 +-
gdb/i386-linux-nat.c | 8 ++++----
gdb/i386-obsd-tdep.c | 2 +-
gdb/i386-tdep.c | 4 ++--
gdb/ia64-tdep.c | 2 +-
gdb/ia64-tdep.h | 2 +-
gdb/inf-ptrace.c | 2 +-
gdb/infcall.c | 2 +-
gdb/infcmd.c | 8 ++++----
gdb/infrun.c | 4 ++--
gdb/linespec.c | 2 +-
gdb/linux-nat.c | 4 ++--
gdb/linux-tdep.c | 4 ++--
gdb/m32r-linux-nat.c | 4 ++--
gdb/m32r-tdep.c | 2 +-
gdb/m68k-linux-nat.c | 4 ++--
gdb/macroexp.h | 2 +-
gdb/macrotab.h | 2 +-
gdb/mdebugread.c | 10 +++++-----
gdb/mep-tdep.c | 2 +-
gdb/mi/mi-cmds.c | 2 +-
gdb/mi/mi-getopt.h | 2 +-
gdb/mi/mi-main.c | 2 +-
gdb/microblaze-tdep.c | 2 +-
gdb/mips-tdep.c | 38 +++++++++++++++++++-------------------
gdb/moxie-tdep.c | 2 +-
gdb/mt-tdep.c | 2 +-
gdb/nto-procfs.c | 2 +-
gdb/nto-tdep.h | 2 +-
gdb/objc-lang.c | 10 +++++-----
gdb/ppc-linux-nat.c | 2 +-
gdb/ppc-linux-tdep.c | 2 +-
gdb/printcmd.c | 2 +-
gdb/procfs.c | 16 ++++++++--------
gdb/prologue-value.h | 2 +-
gdb/remote-fileio.c | 2 +-
gdb/remote.c | 22 +++++++++++-----------
gdb/rs6000-aix-tdep.c | 4 ++--
gdb/rs6000-lynx178-tdep.c | 2 +-
gdb/rs6000-tdep.c | 4 ++--
gdb/rust-lang.h | 2 +-
gdb/s390-linux-tdep.c | 2 +-
gdb/ser-base.c | 4 ++--
gdb/ser-go32.c | 2 +-
gdb/ser-mingw.c | 4 ++--
gdb/sh-tdep.c | 10 +++++-----
gdb/sh64-tdep.c | 2 +-
gdb/sol-thread.c | 2 +-
gdb/solib-svr4.c | 18 +++++++++---------
gdb/solib.c | 2 +-
gdb/sparc-sol2-tdep.c | 2 +-
gdb/sparc-tdep.c | 4 ++--
gdb/sparc64-tdep.c | 4 ++--
gdb/stabsread.c | 4 ++--
gdb/stabsread.h | 2 +-
gdb/stack.c | 2 +-
gdb/stubs/ia64vms-stub.c | 4 ++--
gdb/stubs/m32r-stub.c | 8 ++++----
gdb/stubs/m68k-stub.c | 2 +-
gdb/symfile.c | 4 ++--
gdb/symtab.c | 4 ++--
gdb/target.c | 4 ++--
gdb/target.h | 12 ++++++------
gdb/target/waitstatus.h | 2 +-
gdb/testsuite/gdb.base/d10vovly.c | 4 ++--
gdb/testsuite/gdb.base/m32rovly.c | 4 ++--
gdb/testsuite/gdb.base/ovlymgr.c | 4 ++--
gdb/testsuite/gdb.base/scope0.c | 2 +-
gdb/testsuite/gdb.base/sigrepeat.c | 2 +-
gdb/testsuite/lib/compiler.c | 2 +-
gdb/testsuite/lib/compiler.cc | 2 +-
gdb/thread.c | 4 ++--
gdb/tilegx-linux-nat.c | 6 +++---
gdb/tracepoint.c | 4 ++--
gdb/tui/tui-file.c | 2 +-
gdb/tui/tui-win.c | 14 +++++++-------
gdb/tui/tui-wingeneral.c | 2 +-
gdb/tui/tui.h | 2 +-
gdb/utils.c | 2 +-
gdb/v850-tdep.c | 4 ++--
gdb/valops.c | 6 +++---
gdb/windows-nat.c | 2 +-
gdb/xtensa-tdep.c | 6 +++---
147 files changed, 291 insertions(+), 291 deletions(-)
diff --git a/gdb/ada-lang.c b/gdb/ada-lang.c
index 78c7d6f..8d56444 100644
--- a/gdb/ada-lang.c
+++ b/gdb/ada-lang.c
@@ -1324,7 +1324,7 @@ ada_decode (const char *encoded)
if (i < len0 + 3
&& encoded[i] == 'N' && encoded[i+1] == '_' && encoded[i+2] == '_')
{
- /* Backtrack a bit up until we reach either the begining of
+ /* Backtrack a bit up until we reach either the beginning of
the encoded name, or "__". Make sure that we only find
digits or lowercase characters. */
const char *ptr = encoded + i - 1;
@@ -5504,7 +5504,7 @@ aux_add_nonlocal_symbols (struct block *block, struct symbol *sym, void *data0)
return 0;
}
-/* Helper for add_nonlocal_symbols. Find symbols in DOMAIN which are targetted
+/* Helper for add_nonlocal_symbols. Find symbols in DOMAIN which are targeted
by renamings matching NAME in BLOCK. Add these symbols to OBSTACKP. If
WILD_MATCH_P is nonzero, perform the naming matching in "wild" mode (see
function "wild_match" for more information). Return whether we found such
@@ -5560,7 +5560,7 @@ ada_add_block_renamings (struct obstack *obstackp,
return num_defns_collected (obstackp) != defns_mark;
}
-/* Implements compare_names, but only applying the comparision using
+/* Implements compare_names, but only applying the comparison using
the given CASING. */
static int
@@ -6060,8 +6060,8 @@ is_name_suffix (const char *str)
/* ??? We should not modify STR directly, as we are doing below. This
is fine in this case, but may become problematic later if we find
that this alternative did not work, and want to try matching
- another one from the begining of STR. Since we modified it, we
- won't be able to find the begining of the string anymore! */
+ another one from the beginning of STR. Since we modified it, we
+ won't be able to find the beginning of the string anymore! */
if (str[0] == 'X')
{
str += 1;
@@ -6824,7 +6824,7 @@ ada_tag_value_at_base_address (struct value *obj)
obj_type = value_type (obj);
- /* It is the responsability of the caller to deref pointers. */
+ /* It is the responsibility of the caller to deref pointers. */
if (TYPE_CODE (obj_type) == TYPE_CODE_PTR
|| TYPE_CODE (obj_type) == TYPE_CODE_REF)
@@ -9111,7 +9111,7 @@ ada_to_fixed_type (struct type *type, const gdb_byte *valaddr,
brobecker/2010-11-19: It seems to me that the only case where it is
useful to preserve the typedef layer is when dealing with fat pointers.
Perhaps, we could add a check for that and preserve the typedef layer
- only in that situation. But this seems unecessary so far, probably
+ only in that situation. But this seems unnecessary so far, probably
because we call check_typedef/ada_check_typedef pretty much everywhere.
*/
if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_TYPEDEF
@@ -10584,7 +10584,7 @@ ada_evaluate_subexp (struct type *expect_type, struct expression *exp,
&& value_type (arg1) != value_type (arg2))
error (_("Operands of fixed-point subtraction "
"must have the same type"));
- /* Do the substraction, and cast the result to the type of the first
+ /* Do the subtraction, and cast the result to the type of the first
argument. We cannot cast the result to a reference type, so if
ARG1 is a reference type, find its underlying type. */
type = value_type (arg1);
diff --git a/gdb/ada-tasks.c b/gdb/ada-tasks.c
index c067ae6..8ca3adf 100644
--- a/gdb/ada-tasks.c
+++ b/gdb/ada-tasks.c
@@ -231,7 +231,7 @@ struct ada_tasks_inferior_data
reference it - this number is printed beside each task in the tasks
info listing displayed by "info tasks". This number is equal to
its index in the vector + 1. Reciprocally, to compute the index
- of a task in the vector, we need to substract 1 from its number. */
+ of a task in the vector, we need to subtract 1 from its number. */
VEC(ada_task_info_s) *task_list;
};
@@ -266,7 +266,7 @@ get_ada_tasks_pspace_data (struct program_space *pspace)
Note that we could use an observer of the inferior-created event
to make sure that the ada-tasks per-inferior data always exists.
- But we prefered this approach, as it avoids this entirely as long
+ But we preferred this approach, as it avoids this entirely as long
as the user does not use any of the tasking features. This is
quite possible, particularly in the case where the inferior does
not use tasking. */
diff --git a/gdb/alpha-fbsd-tdep.c b/gdb/alpha-fbsd-tdep.c
index 84fedc2..0b13657 100644
--- a/gdb/alpha-fbsd-tdep.c
+++ b/gdb/alpha-fbsd-tdep.c
@@ -42,11 +42,11 @@ alphafbsd_return_in_memory (struct type *type)
return 1;
/* We need to check if this struct/union is "integer" like. For
- this to be true, the offset of each adressable subfield must be
+ this to be true, the offset of each addressable subfield must be
zero. Note that bit fields are not addressable. */
for (i = 0; i < TYPE_NFIELDS (type); i++)
{
- /* If the field bitsize is non-zero, it isn't adressable. */
+ /* If the field bitsize is non-zero, it isn't addressable. */
if (TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type, i) != 0
&& TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (type, i) == 0)
return 1;
diff --git a/gdb/alpha-tdep.c b/gdb/alpha-tdep.c
index 4442d22..867dab6 100644
--- a/gdb/alpha-tdep.c
+++ b/gdb/alpha-tdep.c
@@ -995,7 +995,7 @@ alpha_sigtramp_frame_sniffer (const struct frame_unwind *self,
const char *name;
/* NOTE: cagney/2004-04-30: Do not copy/clone this code. Instead
- look at tramp-frame.h and other simplier per-architecture
+ look at tramp-frame.h and other simpler per-architecture
sigtramp unwinders. */
/* We shouldn't even bother to try if the OSABI didn't register a
diff --git a/gdb/alpha-tdep.h b/gdb/alpha-tdep.h
index c0f36b9..83ed4a1 100644
--- a/gdb/alpha-tdep.h
+++ b/gdb/alpha-tdep.h
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ struct gdbarch_tdep
/* Does the PC fall in a signal trampoline. */
/* NOTE: cagney/2004-04-30: Do not copy/clone this code. Instead
- look at tramp-frame.h and other simplier per-architecture
+ look at tramp-frame.h and other simpler per-architecture
sigtramp unwinders. */
int (*pc_in_sigtramp) (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR pc,
const char *name);
@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ struct gdbarch_tdep
int sc_fpregs_offset;
int jb_pc; /* Offset to PC value in jump buffer.
- If htis is negative, longjmp support
+ If this is negative, longjmp support
will be disabled. */
size_t jb_elt_size; /* And the size of each entry in the buf. */
};
diff --git a/gdb/amd64-linux-nat.c b/gdb/amd64-linux-nat.c
index 5122b04..dc2f353 100644
--- a/gdb/amd64-linux-nat.c
+++ b/gdb/amd64-linux-nat.c
@@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ static int amd64_linux_gregset32_reg_offset[] =
};
\f
-/* Transfering the general-purpose registers between GDB, inferiors
+/* Transferring the general-purpose registers between GDB, inferiors
and core files. */
/* Fill GDB's register cache with the general-purpose register values
@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ fill_gregset (const struct regcache *regcache,
amd64_collect_native_gregset (regcache, gregsetp, regnum);
}
-/* Transfering floating-point registers between GDB, inferiors and cores. */
+/* Transferring floating-point registers between GDB, inferiors and cores. */
/* Fill GDB's register cache with the floating-point and SSE register
values in *FPREGSETP. */
diff --git a/gdb/amd64-nat.c b/gdb/amd64-nat.c
index ad5df57..5d1467b 100644
--- a/gdb/amd64-nat.c
+++ b/gdb/amd64-nat.c
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
register set indexed by register number, and the number of
registers supported by the mapping. We don't need mappings for the
floating-point and SSE registers, since the difference between
- 64-bit and 32-bit variants are negligable. The difference in the
+ 64-bit and 32-bit variants are negligible. The difference in the
number of SSE registers is already handled by the target code. */
/* General-purpose register mapping for native 32-bit code. */
diff --git a/gdb/amd64-obsd-tdep.c b/gdb/amd64-obsd-tdep.c
index 7c79e44..d51f429 100644
--- a/gdb/amd64-obsd-tdep.c
+++ b/gdb/amd64-obsd-tdep.c
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ amd64obsd_iterate_over_regset_sections (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
{
struct gdbarch_tdep *tdep = gdbarch_tdep (gdbarch);
- /* OpenBSD core dumps don't use seperate register sets for the
+ /* OpenBSD core dumps don't use separate register sets for the
general-purpose and floating-point registers. */
cb (".reg", tdep->sizeof_gregset + I387_SIZEOF_FXSAVE,
diff --git a/gdb/amd64-tdep.c b/gdb/amd64-tdep.c
index a3a1fde..3b64ca4 100644
--- a/gdb/amd64-tdep.c
+++ b/gdb/amd64-tdep.c
@@ -1174,7 +1174,7 @@ amd64_get_unused_input_int_reg (const struct amd64_insn *details)
/* Avoid RAX. */
used_regs_mask |= 1 << EAX_REG_NUM;
- /* Similarily avoid RDX, implicit operand in divides. */
+ /* Similarly avoid RDX, implicit operand in divides. */
used_regs_mask |= 1 << EDX_REG_NUM;
/* Avoid RSP. */
used_regs_mask |= 1 << ESP_REG_NUM;
diff --git a/gdb/amd64-windows-tdep.c b/gdb/amd64-windows-tdep.c
index 4570622..96e98d4 100644
--- a/gdb/amd64-windows-tdep.c
+++ b/gdb/amd64-windows-tdep.c
@@ -255,7 +255,7 @@ amd64_windows_push_dummy_call
/* Pass "hidden" argument". */
if (struct_return)
{
- /* The "hidden" argument is passed throught the first argument
+ /* The "hidden" argument is passed through the first argument
register. */
const int arg_regnum = amd64_windows_dummy_call_integer_regs[0];
diff --git a/gdb/arch-utils.c b/gdb/arch-utils.c
index d64a73d..866ac08 100644
--- a/gdb/arch-utils.c
+++ b/gdb/arch-utils.c
@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ legacy_register_sim_regno (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int regnum)
gdb_assert (regnum >= 0 && regnum < gdbarch_num_regs (gdbarch));
/* NOTE: cagney/2002-05-13: The old code did it this way and it is
suspected that some GDB/SIM combinations may rely on this
- behavour. The default should be one2one_register_sim_regno
+ behavior. The default should be one2one_register_sim_regno
(below). */
if (gdbarch_register_name (gdbarch, regnum) != NULL
&& gdbarch_register_name (gdbarch, regnum)[0] != '\0')
diff --git a/gdb/arm-linux-nat.c b/gdb/arm-linux-nat.c
index d11bdc6..f36d31b 100644
--- a/gdb/arm-linux-nat.c
+++ b/gdb/arm-linux-nat.c
@@ -687,7 +687,7 @@ struct arm_linux_hw_breakpoint
The Linux ptrace interface to hardware break-/watch-points presents the
values in a vector centred around 0 (which is used fo generic information).
- Positive indicies refer to breakpoint addresses/control registers, negative
+ Positive indices refer to breakpoint addresses/control registers, negative
indices to watchpoint addresses/control registers.
The Linux vector is indexed as follows:
diff --git a/gdb/arm-linux-tdep.c b/gdb/arm-linux-tdep.c
index a30a235..5af7622 100644
--- a/gdb/arm-linux-tdep.c
+++ b/gdb/arm-linux-tdep.c
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ extern int arm_apcs_32;
/* Under ARM GNU/Linux the traditional way of performing a breakpoint
is to execute a particular software interrupt, rather than use a
- particular undefined instruction to provoke a trap. Upon exection
+ particular undefined instruction to provoke a trap. Upon execution
of the software interrupt the kernel stops the inferior with a
SIGTRAP, and wakes the debugger. */
diff --git a/gdb/arm-tdep.c b/gdb/arm-tdep.c
index 0b93df7..b97d069 100644
--- a/gdb/arm-tdep.c
+++ b/gdb/arm-tdep.c
@@ -3919,7 +3919,7 @@ arm_push_dummy_call (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, struct value *function,
si = pop_stack_item (si);
}
- /* Finally, update teh SP register. */
+ /* Finally, update the SP register. */
regcache_cooked_write_unsigned (regcache, ARM_SP_REGNUM, sp);
return sp;
@@ -10143,7 +10143,7 @@ arm_record_extension_space (insn_decode_record *arm_insn_r)
if (0 == insn_op1 || 1 == insn_op1)
{
/* SMLA<x><y>, SMLAW<y>, SMULW<y>. */
- /* We dont do optimization for SMULW<y> where we
+ /* We don't do optimization for SMULW<y> where we
need only Rd. */
record_buf[0] = bits (arm_insn_r->arm_insn, 12, 15);
record_buf[1] = ARM_PS_REGNUM;
@@ -10607,7 +10607,7 @@ arm_record_ld_st_imm_offset (insn_decode_record *arm_insn_r)
record_buf[arm_insn_r->reg_rec_count++] = reg_dest;
/* The LDR instruction is capable of doing branching. If MOV LR, PC
- preceeds a LDR instruction having R15 as reg_base, it
+ precedes a LDR instruction having R15 as reg_base, it
emulates a branch and link instruction, and hence we need to save
CPSR and PC as well. */
if (ARM_PC_REGNUM == reg_dest)
@@ -10731,7 +10731,7 @@ arm_record_ld_st_reg_offset (insn_decode_record *arm_insn_r)
if (15 == reg_src2)
{
/* If R15 was used as Rn, hence current PC+8. */
- /* Pre-indexed mode doesnt reach here ; illegal insn. */
+ /* Pre-indexed mode doesn't reach here ; illegal insn. */
u_regval[0] = u_regval[0] + 8;
}
/* Calculate target store address, Rn +/- Rm, register offset. */
@@ -11044,7 +11044,7 @@ arm_record_b_bl (insn_decode_record *arm_insn_r)
/* Handle B, BL, BLX(1) insns. */
/* B simply branches so we do nothing here. */
- /* Note: BLX(1) doesnt fall here but instead it falls into
+ /* Note: BLX(1) doesn't fall here but instead it falls into
extension space. */
if (bit (arm_insn_r->arm_insn, 24))
{
diff --git a/gdb/auxv.c b/gdb/auxv.c
index de9205d..5d10d5c 100644
--- a/gdb/auxv.c
+++ b/gdb/auxv.c
@@ -301,7 +301,7 @@ static const struct inferior_data *auxv_inferior_data;
/* Auxiliary Vector information structure. This is used by GDB
for caching purposes for each inferior. This helps reduce the
- overhead of transfering data from a remote target to the local host. */
+ overhead of transferring data from a remote target to the local host. */
struct auxv_info
{
LONGEST length;
diff --git a/gdb/ax-gdb.c b/gdb/ax-gdb.c
index 49108de..aaa5afa 100644
--- a/gdb/ax-gdb.c
+++ b/gdb/ax-gdb.c
@@ -1880,7 +1880,7 @@ gen_expr (struct expression *exp, union exp_element **pc,
gen_expr (exp, pc, ax, &value3);
gen_usual_unary (exp, ax, &value3);
ax_label (ax, end, ax->len);
- /* This is arbitary - what if B and C are incompatible types? */
+ /* This is arbitrary - what if B and C are incompatible types? */
value->type = value2.type;
value->kind = value2.kind;
break;
diff --git a/gdb/bcache.c b/gdb/bcache.c
index 65ff844..6be2d94 100644
--- a/gdb/bcache.c
+++ b/gdb/bcache.c
@@ -286,7 +286,7 @@ bcache_full (const void *addr, int length, struct bcache *bcache, int *added)
}
\f
-/* Compare the byte string at ADDR1 of lenght LENGHT to the
+/* Compare the byte string at ADDR1 of length LENGTH to the
string at ADDR2. Return 1 if they are equal. */
static int
diff --git a/gdb/breakpoint.c b/gdb/breakpoint.c
index e2fcc08..4f7cf3f 100644
--- a/gdb/breakpoint.c
+++ b/gdb/breakpoint.c
@@ -12132,7 +12132,7 @@ clear_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
}
}
- /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
+ /* Now go through the 'found' chain and delete them. */
if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p, found))
{
if (arg)
diff --git a/gdb/breakpoint.h b/gdb/breakpoint.h
index 99133a2..8067c63 100644
--- a/gdb/breakpoint.h
+++ b/gdb/breakpoint.h
@@ -437,7 +437,7 @@ struct bp_location
as ``address'' (above) except for cases in which
ADJUST_BREAKPOINT_ADDRESS has computed a different address at
which to place the breakpoint in order to comply with a
- processor's architectual constraints. */
+ processor's architectural constraints. */
CORE_ADDR requested_address;
/* An additional address assigned with this location. This is currently
diff --git a/gdb/c-varobj.c b/gdb/c-varobj.c
index 16d5077..66a40f9 100644
--- a/gdb/c-varobj.c
+++ b/gdb/c-varobj.c
@@ -824,7 +824,7 @@ cplus_describe_child (const struct varobj *parent, int index,
/* Cast the parent to the base' type. Note that in gdb,
expression like
(Base1)d
- will create an lvalue, for all appearences, so we don't
+ will create an lvalue, for all appearances, so we don't
need to use more fancy:
*(Base1*)(&d)
construct.
diff --git a/gdb/cli/cli-cmds.c b/gdb/cli/cli-cmds.c
index 3d1a628..659693b 100644
--- a/gdb/cli/cli-cmds.c
+++ b/gdb/cli/cli-cmds.c
@@ -269,7 +269,7 @@ complete_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
/* complete_line assumes that its first argument is somewhere
within, and except for filenames at the beginning of, the word to
be completed. The following crude imitation of readline's
- word-breaking tries to accomodate this. */
+ word-breaking tries to accommodate this. */
point = arg + argpoint;
while (point > arg)
{
diff --git a/gdb/cli/cli-decode.c b/gdb/cli/cli-decode.c
index acc9c42..f17eb48 100644
--- a/gdb/cli/cli-decode.c
+++ b/gdb/cli/cli-decode.c
@@ -956,7 +956,7 @@ apropos_cmd (struct ui_file *stream,
command that requires subcommands. Also called by saying just
"help".)
- I am going to split this into two seperate comamnds, help_cmd and
+ I am going to split this into two separate commands, help_cmd and
help_list. */
void
diff --git a/gdb/cli/cli-interp.c b/gdb/cli/cli-interp.c
index dfa96d6..a598ad8 100644
--- a/gdb/cli/cli-interp.c
+++ b/gdb/cli/cli-interp.c
@@ -312,7 +312,7 @@ cli_interpreter_exec (void *data, const char *command_str)
struct ui_file *old_stream;
struct gdb_exception result;
- /* FIXME: cagney/2003-02-01: Need to const char *propogate
+ /* FIXME: cagney/2003-02-01: Need to const char *propagate
safe_execute_command. */
char *str = (char *) alloca (strlen (command_str) + 1);
strcpy (str, command_str);
@@ -322,7 +322,7 @@ cli_interpreter_exec (void *data, const char *command_str)
interpreter which has a new ui_file for gdb_stdout, use that one
instead of the default.
- It is important that it gets reset everytime, since the user
+ It is important that it gets reset every time, since the user
could set gdb to use a different interpreter. */
old_stream = cli_out_set_stream (cli->cli_uiout, gdb_stdout);
result = safe_execute_command (cli->cli_uiout, str, 1);
diff --git a/gdb/cli/cli-script.c b/gdb/cli/cli-script.c
index ce4d8cb..ff508eb 100644
--- a/gdb/cli/cli-script.c
+++ b/gdb/cli/cli-script.c
@@ -213,7 +213,7 @@ print_command_lines (struct ui_out *uiout, struct command_line *cmd,
}
/* An if command. Recursively print both arms before
- continueing. */
+ continuing. */
if (list->control_type == if_control)
{
ui_out_field_fmt (uiout, NULL, "if %s", list->line);
@@ -685,7 +685,7 @@ arg_cleanup (void *ignore)
xfree (oargs);
}
-/* Bind the incomming arguments for a user defined command to
+/* Bind the incoming arguments for a user defined command to
$arg0, $arg1 ... $argMAXUSERARGS. */
static struct cleanup *
diff --git a/gdb/coffread.c b/gdb/coffread.c
index 501e901..cb398c0 100644
--- a/gdb/coffread.c
+++ b/gdb/coffread.c
@@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ static unsigned local_auxesz;
static int pe_file;
/* Chain of typedefs of pointers to empty struct/union types.
- They are chained thru the SYMBOL_VALUE_CHAIN. */
+ They are chained through the SYMBOL_VALUE_CHAIN. */
static struct symbol *opaque_type_chain[HASHSIZE];
@@ -1744,7 +1744,7 @@ process_coff_symbol (struct coff_symbol *cs,
This is not just a consequence of GDB's type
management; CC and GCC (at least through version
2.4) both output variables of either type char *
- or caddr_t with the type refering to the C_TPDEF
+ or caddr_t with the type referring to the C_TPDEF
symbol for caddr_t. If a future compiler cleans
this up it GDB is not ready for it yet, but if it
becomes ready we somehow need to disable this
diff --git a/gdb/common/buffer.h b/gdb/common/buffer.h
index 8122a2c..28e66c7f 100644
--- a/gdb/common/buffer.h
+++ b/gdb/common/buffer.h
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ void buffer_free (struct buffer *buffer);
/* Initialize BUFFER. BUFFER holds no memory afterwards. */
void buffer_init (struct buffer *buffer);
-/* Return a pointer into BUFFER data, effectivelly transfering
+/* Return a pointer into BUFFER data, effectivelly transferring
ownership of the buffer memory to the caller. Calling buffer_free
afterwards has no effect on the returned data. */
char* buffer_finish (struct buffer *buffer);
diff --git a/gdb/common/common-exceptions.c b/gdb/common/common-exceptions.c
index 33fff21..6f82e5a 100644
--- a/gdb/common/common-exceptions.c
+++ b/gdb/common/common-exceptions.c
@@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ exceptions_state_mc (enum catcher_action action)
switch (action)
{
case CATCH_ITER:
- /* No error/quit has occured. */
+ /* No error/quit has occurred. */
return 0;
case CATCH_ITER_1:
current_catcher->state = CATCHER_RUNNING_1;
diff --git a/gdb/common/gdb_signals.h b/gdb/common/gdb_signals.h
index 038ad08..e432e15 100644
--- a/gdb/common/gdb_signals.h
+++ b/gdb/common/gdb_signals.h
@@ -35,9 +35,9 @@ extern int gdb_signal_to_host_p (enum gdb_signal signo);
gdb_signal_to_host() returns 0 and prints a warning() on GDB's
console if SIGNO has no equivalent host representation. */
/* FIXME: cagney/1999-11-22: Here ``host'' is used incorrectly, it is
- refering to the target operating system's signal numbering.
+ referring to the target operating system's signal numbering.
Similarly, ``enum gdb_signal'' is named incorrectly, ``enum
- gdb_signal'' would probably be better as it is refering to GDB's
+ gdb_signal'' would probably be better as it is referring to GDB's
internal representation of a target operating system's signal. */
extern enum gdb_signal gdb_signal_from_host (int);
extern int gdb_signal_to_host (enum gdb_signal);
diff --git a/gdb/common/signals.c b/gdb/common/signals.c
index f84935d..6ef87ec 100644
--- a/gdb/common/signals.c
+++ b/gdb/common/signals.c
@@ -358,7 +358,7 @@ gdb_signal_from_host (int hostsig)
}
/* Convert a OURSIG (an enum gdb_signal) to the form used by the
- target operating system (refered to as the ``host'') or zero if the
+ target operating system (referred to as the ``host'') or zero if the
equivalent host signal is not available. Set/clear OURSIG_OK
accordingly. */
diff --git a/gdb/complaints.c b/gdb/complaints.c
index b35c81d..4dc6b7b 100644
--- a/gdb/complaints.c
+++ b/gdb/complaints.c
@@ -211,7 +211,7 @@ vcomplaint (struct complaints **c, const char *file,
if (series == ISOLATED_MESSAGE)
/* It would be really nice to use begin_line() here.
Unfortunately that function doesn't track GDB_STDERR and
- consequently will sometimes supress a line when it
+ consequently will sometimes suppress a line when it
shouldn't. */
fputs_filtered ("\n", gdb_stderr);
else
@@ -294,7 +294,7 @@ clear_complaints (struct complaints **c, int less_verbose, int noisy)
case SUBSEQUENT_MESSAGE:
/* It would be really nice to use begin_line() here.
Unfortunately that function doesn't track GDB_STDERR and
- consequently will sometimes supress a line when it
+ consequently will sometimes suppress a line when it
shouldn't. */
fputs_unfiltered ("\n", gdb_stderr);
break;
diff --git a/gdb/corefile.c b/gdb/corefile.c
index 64de931..2d0db9d 100644
--- a/gdb/corefile.c
+++ b/gdb/corefile.c
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ bfd *core_bfd = NULL;
struct target_ops *core_target;
\f
-/* Backward compatability with old way of specifying core files. */
+/* Backward compatibility with old way of specifying core files. */
void
core_file_command (char *filename, int from_tty)
diff --git a/gdb/cp-valprint.c b/gdb/cp-valprint.c
index 9432c83..a7427d4 100644
--- a/gdb/cp-valprint.c
+++ b/gdb/cp-valprint.c
@@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ cp_is_vtbl_member (struct type *type)
/* The type name of the thunk pointer is NULL when using
dwarf2. We could test for a pointer to a function, but
there is no type info for the virtual table either, so it
- wont help. */
+ won't help. */
return cp_is_vtbl_ptr_type (type);
}
}
diff --git a/gdb/cris-tdep.c b/gdb/cris-tdep.c
index 084ff49..a912f1e 100644
--- a/gdb/cris-tdep.c
+++ b/gdb/cris-tdep.c
@@ -3373,7 +3373,7 @@ get_data_from_address (unsigned short *inst, CORE_ADDR address,
return value;
}
-/* Handles the assign addresing mode for the ADD, SUB, CMP, AND, OR and MOVE
+/* Handles the assign addressing mode for the ADD, SUB, CMP, AND, OR and MOVE
instructions. The MOVE instruction is the move from source to register. */
static void
@@ -3432,7 +3432,7 @@ three_operand_add_sub_cmp_and_or_op (unsigned short inst,
inst_env->disable_interrupt = 0;
}
-/* Handles the index addresing mode for the ADD, SUB, CMP, AND, OR and MOVE
+/* Handles the index addressing mode for the ADD, SUB, CMP, AND, OR and MOVE
instructions. The MOVE instruction is the move from source to register. */
static void
@@ -3459,7 +3459,7 @@ handle_prefix_index_mode_for_aritm_op (unsigned short inst,
inst_env->disable_interrupt = 0;
}
-/* Handles the autoincrement and indirect addresing mode for the ADD, SUB,
+/* Handles the autoincrement and indirect addressing mode for the ADD, SUB,
CMP, AND OR and MOVE instruction. The MOVE instruction is the move from
source to register. */
diff --git a/gdb/darwin-nat.c b/gdb/darwin-nat.c
index 6ca659f4..8ea3b2c 100644
--- a/gdb/darwin-nat.c
+++ b/gdb/darwin-nat.c
@@ -1990,7 +1990,7 @@ darwin_thread_alive (struct target_ops *ops, ptid_t ptid)
copy it to RDADDR in gdb's address space.
If WRADDR is not NULL, write gdb's LEN bytes from WRADDR and copy it
to ADDR in inferior task's address space.
- Return 0 on failure; number of bytes read / writen otherwise. */
+ Return 0 on failure; number of bytes read/written otherwise. */
static int
darwin_read_write_inferior (task_t task, CORE_ADDR addr,
diff --git a/gdb/dbxread.c b/gdb/dbxread.c
index cfc4ed0..d72723f 100644
--- a/gdb/dbxread.c
+++ b/gdb/dbxread.c
@@ -247,7 +247,7 @@ struct header_file_location
BINCL/EINCL defs for this file. */
};
-/* The actual list and controling variables. */
+/* The actual list and controlling variables. */
static struct header_file_location *bincl_list, *next_bincl;
static int bincls_allocated;
@@ -2582,7 +2582,7 @@ read_ofile_symtab (struct objfile *objfile, struct partial_symtab *pst)
else if (type & N_EXT || type == (unsigned char) N_TEXT
|| type == (unsigned char) N_NBTEXT)
{
- /* Global symbol: see if we came across a dbx defintion for
+ /* Global symbol: see if we came across a dbx definition for
a corresponding symbol. If so, store the value. Remove
syms from the chain when their values are stored, but
search the whole chain, as there may be several syms from
diff --git a/gdb/dcache.c b/gdb/dcache.c
index cb43068..6867571 100644
--- a/gdb/dcache.c
+++ b/gdb/dcache.c
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ static struct cmd_list_element *dcache_show_list = NULL;
is set, etc., then the chunk is skipped. Those chunks are handled
in target_xfer_memory() (or target_xfer_memory_partial()).
- This doesn't occur very often. The most common occurance is when
+ This doesn't occur very often. The most common occurrence is when
the last bit of the .text segment and the first bit of the .data
segment fall within the same dcache page with a ro/cacheable memory
region defined for the .text segment and a rw/non-cacheable memory
diff --git a/gdb/doublest.c b/gdb/doublest.c
index b1b0921..255c4c5 100644
--- a/gdb/doublest.c
+++ b/gdb/doublest.c
@@ -822,7 +822,7 @@ store_typed_floating (void *addr, const struct type *type, DOUBLEST val)
in, and the target processor may only refer to, the first N <
TYPE_LENGTH (type) bits. If the end of the buffer wasn't
initialized, GDB would write undefined data to the target. An
- errant program, refering to that undefined data, would then
+ errant program, referring to that undefined data, would then
become non-deterministic.
See also the function convert_typed_floating below. */
diff --git a/gdb/dtrace-probe.c b/gdb/dtrace-probe.c
index 29c2d28..bb0c2d0 100644
--- a/gdb/dtrace-probe.c
+++ b/gdb/dtrace-probe.c
@@ -359,7 +359,7 @@ dtrace_process_dof_probe (struct objfile *objfile,
It follows that if there are DTrace is-enabled probes defined for
some provider/name but no DTrace regular probes defined then the
- GDB user wont be able to enable/disable these conditionals. */
+ GDB user won't be able to enable/disable these conditionals. */
num_probes = DOF_UINT (dof, probe->dofpr_noffs);
if (num_probes == 0)
diff --git a/gdb/dwarf2-frame.c b/gdb/dwarf2-frame.c
index beab304..7f6e9f4 100644
--- a/gdb/dwarf2-frame.c
+++ b/gdb/dwarf2-frame.c
@@ -1079,7 +1079,7 @@ dwarf2_frame_cache (struct frame_info *this_frame, void **this_cache)
its return address. As a result the return address will
point at some random instruction, and the CFI for that
instruction is probably worthless to us. GCC's unwinder solves
- this problem by substracting 1 from the return address to get an
+ this problem by subtracting 1 from the return address to get an
address in the middle of a presumed call instruction (or the
instruction in the associated delay slot). This should only be
done for "normal" frames and not for resume-type frames (signal
@@ -1232,7 +1232,7 @@ incomplete CFI data; unspecified registers (e.g., %s) at %s"),
&fs->regs.reg[fs->retaddr_column];
/* It seems rather bizarre to specify an "empty" column as
- the return adress column. However, this is exactly
+ the return address column. However, this is exactly
what GCC does on some targets. It turns out that GCC
assumes that the return address can be found in the
register corresponding to the return address column.
@@ -1425,7 +1425,7 @@ static int
dwarf2_frame_sniffer (const struct frame_unwind *self,
struct frame_info *this_frame, void **this_cache)
{
- /* Grab an address that is guarenteed to reside somewhere within the
+ /* Grab an address that is guaranteed to reside somewhere within the
function. get_frame_pc(), with a no-return next function, can
end up returning something past the end of this function's body.
If the frame we're sniffing for is a signal frame whose start
@@ -1785,7 +1785,7 @@ bsearch_fde_cmp (const void *key, const void *element)
}
/* Find the FDE for *PC. Return a pointer to the FDE, and store the
- inital location associated with it into *PC. */
+ initial location associated with it into *PC. */
static struct dwarf2_fde *
dwarf2_frame_find_fde (CORE_ADDR *pc, CORE_ADDR *out_offset)
diff --git a/gdb/dwarf2loc.c b/gdb/dwarf2loc.c
index 128f654..c849fe7 100644
--- a/gdb/dwarf2loc.c
+++ b/gdb/dwarf2loc.c
@@ -781,7 +781,7 @@ func_addr_to_tail_call_list (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR addr)
via its tail calls (incl. transitively). Throw NO_ENTRY_VALUE_ERROR if it
can call itself via tail calls.
- If a funtion can tail call itself its entry value based parameters are
+ If a function can tail call itself its entry value based parameters are
unreliable. There is no verification whether the value of some/all
parameters is unchanged through the self tail call, we expect if there is
a self tail call all the parameters can be modified. */
diff --git a/gdb/dwarf2read.c b/gdb/dwarf2read.c
index 558159a..8cfb622 100644
--- a/gdb/dwarf2read.c
+++ b/gdb/dwarf2read.c
@@ -13774,7 +13774,7 @@ read_array_type (struct die_info *die, struct dwarf2_cu *cu)
if (child_type != NULL)
{
- /* The range type was succesfully read. Save it for the
+ /* The range type was successfully read. Save it for the
array type creation. */
if ((ndim % DW_FIELD_ALLOC_CHUNK) == 0)
{
@@ -17179,7 +17179,7 @@ die_is_declaration (struct die_info *die, struct dwarf2_cu *cu)
which value is non-zero. However, we have to be careful with
DIEs having a DW_AT_specification attribute, because dwarf2_attr()
(via dwarf2_flag_true_p) follows this attribute. So we may
- end up accidently finding a declaration attribute that belongs
+ end up accidentally finding a declaration attribute that belongs
to a different DIE referenced by the specification attribute,
even though the given DIE does not have a declaration attribute. */
return (dwarf2_flag_true_p (die, DW_AT_declaration, cu)
diff --git a/gdb/eval.c b/gdb/eval.c
index f30b8e1..ef90f95 100644
--- a/gdb/eval.c
+++ b/gdb/eval.c
@@ -1226,7 +1226,7 @@ evaluate_subexp_standard (struct type *expect_type,
/* Found a function symbol. Now we will substitute its
value in place of the message dispatcher (obj_msgSend),
- so that we call the method directly instead of thru
+ so that we call the method directly instead of through
the dispatcher. The main reason for doing this is that
we can now evaluate the return value and parameter values
according to their known data types, in case we need to
diff --git a/gdb/event-loop.c b/gdb/event-loop.c
index 9e8cf66..f7c5b9b 100644
--- a/gdb/event-loop.c
+++ b/gdb/event-loop.c
@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ typedef void (event_handler_func) (event_data);
read. Servicing an event simply means that the procedure PROC will
be called. We have 2 queues, one for file handlers that we listen
to in the event loop, and one for the file handlers+events that are
- ready. The procedure PROC associated with each event is dependant
+ ready. The procedure PROC associated with each event is dependent
of the event source. In the case of monitored file descriptors, it
is always the same (handle_file_event). Its duty is to invoke the
handler associated with the file descriptor whose state change
@@ -810,7 +810,7 @@ gdb_wait_for_event (int block)
FD_ZERO (&gdb_notifier.ready_masks[1]);
FD_ZERO (&gdb_notifier.ready_masks[2]);
- /* Dont print anything if we got a signal, let gdb handle
+ /* Don't print anything if we got a signal, let gdb handle
it. */
if (errno != EINTR)
perror_with_name (("select"));
diff --git a/gdb/event-top.c b/gdb/event-top.c
index acf8474..378b591 100644
--- a/gdb/event-top.c
+++ b/gdb/event-top.c
@@ -457,7 +457,7 @@ get_command_line_buffer (void)
}
/* When there is an event ready on the stdin file descriptor, instead
- of calling readline directly throught the callback function, or
+ of calling readline directly through the callback function, or
instead of calling gdb_readline_no_editing_callback, give gdb a
chance to detect errors and do something. */
diff --git a/gdb/exec.h b/gdb/exec.h
index f50e9ea..1a2f149 100644
--- a/gdb/exec.h
+++ b/gdb/exec.h
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ extern enum target_xfer_status
If SECTION_NAME is not NULL, only access sections with that same
name.
- Return the number of bytes actually transfered, or zero when no
+ Return the number of bytes actually transferred, or zero when no
data is available for the requested range.
This function is intended to be used from target_xfer_partial
diff --git a/gdb/extension.c b/gdb/extension.c
index 40c63a6..5faeaea 100644
--- a/gdb/extension.c
+++ b/gdb/extension.c
@@ -675,7 +675,7 @@ static int quit_flag;
/* The current extension language we've called out to, or
extension_language_gdb if there isn't one.
- This must be set everytime we call out to an extension language, and reset
+ This must be set every time we call out to an extension language, and reset
to the previous value when it returns. Note that the previous value may
be a different (or the same) extension language. */
static const struct extension_language_defn *active_ext_lang
diff --git a/gdb/frame-base.h b/gdb/frame-base.h
index 1da517b..7515204 100644
--- a/gdb/frame-base.h
+++ b/gdb/frame-base.h
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ struct regcache;
the NEXT frame's register unwind method, to determine the address
of THIS frame's `base'.
- The exact meaning of `base' is highly dependant on the type of the
+ The exact meaning of `base' is highly dependent on the type of the
debug info. It is assumed that dwarf2, stabs, ... will each
provide their own methods.
diff --git a/gdb/frame.c b/gdb/frame.c
index 5414cb3..f621735 100644
--- a/gdb/frame.c
+++ b/gdb/frame.c
@@ -701,7 +701,7 @@ frame_id_eq (struct frame_id l, struct frame_id r)
if special addresses are different, the frames are different. */
eq = 0;
else if (l.artificial_depth != r.artificial_depth)
- /* If artifical depths are different, the frames must be different. */
+ /* If artificial depths are different, the frames must be different. */
eq = 0;
else
/* Frames are equal. */
diff --git a/gdb/frame.h b/gdb/frame.h
index e5c3d10..21554dc 100644
--- a/gdb/frame.h
+++ b/gdb/frame.h
@@ -431,7 +431,7 @@ void set_current_sal_from_frame (struct frame_info *);
the old get_frame_base method was not sufficient.
get_frame_base_address: get_frame_locals_address:
- get_frame_args_address: A set of high-level debug-info dependant
+ get_frame_args_address: A set of high-level debug-info dependent
addresses that fall within the frame. These addresses almost
certainly will not match the stack address part of a frame ID (as
returned by get_frame_base).
diff --git a/gdb/gdb.h b/gdb/gdb.h
index e19dc9c..40c1eff 100644
--- a/gdb/gdb.h
+++ b/gdb/gdb.h
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
struct ui_out;
-/* Return-code (RC) from a gdb library call. (The abreviation RC is
+/* Return-code (RC) from a gdb library call. (The abbreviation RC is
taken from the sim/common directory.) */
enum gdb_rc {
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ enum gdb_rc {
internal / quit indication it is not possible to return that
here. */
GDB_RC_FAIL = 0,
- /* No error occured but nothing happened. Due to the catch_errors()
+ /* No error occurred but nothing happened. Due to the catch_errors()
interface, this must be non-zero. */
GDB_RC_NONE = 1,
/* The operation was successful. Due to the catch_errors()
diff --git a/gdb/gdbserver/event-loop.c b/gdb/gdbserver/event-loop.c
index 155b126..b806076 100644
--- a/gdb/gdbserver/event-loop.c
+++ b/gdb/gdbserver/event-loop.c
@@ -488,7 +488,7 @@ wait_for_event (void)
FD_ZERO (&gdb_notifier.ready_masks[1]);
FD_ZERO (&gdb_notifier.ready_masks[2]);
#ifdef EINTR
- /* Dont print anything if we got a signal, let gdb handle
+ /* Don't print anything if we got a signal, let gdb handle
it. */
if (errno != EINTR)
perror_with_name ("select");
diff --git a/gdb/gdbserver/linux-aarch64-low.c b/gdb/gdbserver/linux-aarch64-low.c
index ae80cdd..11b2710 100644
--- a/gdb/gdbserver/linux-aarch64-low.c
+++ b/gdb/gdbserver/linux-aarch64-low.c
@@ -1088,7 +1088,7 @@ emit_add (uint32_t *buf, struct aarch64_register rd,
RD is the destination register.
RN is the input register.
- IMM is the immediate to substract to RN. */
+ IMM is the immediate to subtract to RN. */
static int
emit_sub (uint32_t *buf, struct aarch64_register rd,
diff --git a/gdb/gdbserver/linux-arm-low.c b/gdb/gdbserver/linux-arm-low.c
index ed9b356..6e321d0 100644
--- a/gdb/gdbserver/linux-arm-low.c
+++ b/gdb/gdbserver/linux-arm-low.c
@@ -253,7 +253,7 @@ get_next_pcs_is_thumb (struct arm_get_next_pcs *self)
}
/* Read memory from the inferiror.
- BYTE_ORDER is ignored and there to keep compatiblity with GDB's
+ BYTE_ORDER is ignored and there to keep compatibility with GDB's
read_memory_unsigned_integer. */
static ULONGEST
get_next_pcs_read_memory_unsigned_integer (CORE_ADDR memaddr,
diff --git a/gdb/gdbserver/linux-low.c b/gdb/gdbserver/linux-low.c
index e3e372c..7bb4c25 100644
--- a/gdb/gdbserver/linux-low.c
+++ b/gdb/gdbserver/linux-low.c
@@ -1621,7 +1621,7 @@ linux_detach (int pid)
complete_ongoing_step_over ();
/* Stop all threads before detaching. First, ptrace requires that
- the thread is stopped to sucessfully detach. Second, thread_db
+ the thread is stopped to successfully detach. Second, thread_db
may need to uninstall thread event breakpoints from memory, which
only works with a stopped process anyway. */
stop_all_lwps (0, NULL);
diff --git a/gdb/gdbserver/linux-ppc-low.c b/gdb/gdbserver/linux-ppc-low.c
index 1d013f1..92a98a3 100644
--- a/gdb/gdbserver/linux-ppc-low.c
+++ b/gdb/gdbserver/linux-ppc-low.c
@@ -1535,7 +1535,7 @@ emit_insns (uint32_t *buf, int n)
/* Regardless of endian, register 3 is always high part, 4 is low part.
These defines are used when the register pair is stored/loaded.
- Likewise, to simplify code, have a similiar define for 5:6. */
+ Likewise, to simplify code, have a similar define for 5:6. */
#if __BYTE_ORDER == __LITTLE_ENDIAN
#define TOP_FIRST "4"
diff --git a/gdb/gdbserver/nto-low.c b/gdb/gdbserver/nto-low.c
index ce3b8e4..7092aae 100644
--- a/gdb/gdbserver/nto-low.c
+++ b/gdb/gdbserver/nto-low.c
@@ -227,7 +227,7 @@ do_attach (pid_t pid)
/* Read or write LEN bytes from/to inferior's MEMADDR memory address
into gdbservers's MYADDR buffer. Return number of bytes actually
- transfered. */
+ transferred. */
static int
nto_xfer_memory (off_t memaddr, unsigned char *myaddr, int len,
diff --git a/gdb/gdbserver/server.c b/gdb/gdbserver/server.c
index ef8dd03..a3e1073 100644
--- a/gdb/gdbserver/server.c
+++ b/gdb/gdbserver/server.c
@@ -1276,7 +1276,7 @@ struct qxfer
the starting point. The ANNEX can be used to provide additional
data-specific information to the target.
- Return the number of bytes actually transfered, zero when no
+ Return the number of bytes actually transferred, zero when no
further transfer is possible, -1 on error, -2 when the transfer
is not supported, and -3 on a verbose error message that should
be preserved. Return of a positive value smaller than LEN does
@@ -3058,7 +3058,7 @@ handle_v_requests (char *own_buf, int packet_len, int *new_packet_len)
}
/* Resume thread and wait for another event. In non-stop mode,
- don't really wait here, but return immediatelly to the event
+ don't really wait here, but return immediately to the event
loop. */
static void
myresume (char *own_buf, int step, int sig)
@@ -3236,7 +3236,7 @@ handle_status (char *own_buf)
{
find_inferior (&all_threads, queue_stop_reply_callback, NULL);
- /* The first is sent immediatly. OK is sent if there is no
+ /* The first is sent immediately. OK is sent if there is no
stopped thread, which is the same handling of the vStopped
packet (by design). */
notif_write_event (¬if_stop, own_buf);
diff --git a/gdb/gdbserver/server.h b/gdb/gdbserver/server.h
index f56c0f5..b485c75 100644
--- a/gdb/gdbserver/server.h
+++ b/gdb/gdbserver/server.h
@@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ extern int in_queued_stop_replies (ptid_t ptid);
#define MAXBUFBYTES(N) (((N)-32)/2)
/* Buffer sizes for transferring memory, registers, etc. Set to a constant
- value to accomodate multiple register formats. This value must be at least
+ value to accommodate multiple register formats. This value must be at least
as large as the largest register set supported by gdbserver. */
#define PBUFSIZ 16384
diff --git a/gdb/gdbserver/tracepoint.c b/gdb/gdbserver/tracepoint.c
index 1444a0d..eef3816 100644
--- a/gdb/gdbserver/tracepoint.c
+++ b/gdb/gdbserver/tracepoint.c
@@ -1005,7 +1005,7 @@ EXTERN_C_POP
/* Control structure holding the read/write/etc. pointers into the
trace buffer. We need more than one of these to implement a
- transaction-like mechanism to garantees that both GDBserver and the
+ transaction-like mechanism to guarantees that both GDBserver and the
in-process agent can try to change the trace buffer
simultaneously. */
diff --git a/gdb/gdbserver/win32-low.c b/gdb/gdbserver/win32-low.c
index 70abfcd..1653577 100644
--- a/gdb/gdbserver/win32-low.c
+++ b/gdb/gdbserver/win32-low.c
@@ -1411,7 +1411,7 @@ get_child_debug_event (struct target_waitstatus *ourstatus)
/* WinCE doesn't set an initial breakpoint automatically. To
stop the inferior, we flush all currently pending debug
events -- the thread list and the dll list are always
- reported immediatelly without delay, then, we suspend all
+ reported immediately without delay, then, we suspend all
threads and pretend we saw a trap at the current PC of the
main thread.
@@ -1435,7 +1435,7 @@ get_child_debug_event (struct target_waitstatus *ourstatus)
else
#endif
{
- /* Keep the wait time low enough for confortable remote
+ /* Keep the wait time low enough for comfortable remote
interruption, but high enough so gdbserver doesn't become a
bottleneck. */
if (!WaitForDebugEvent (¤t_event, 250))
@@ -1444,7 +1444,7 @@ get_child_debug_event (struct target_waitstatus *ourstatus)
if (e == ERROR_PIPE_NOT_CONNECTED)
{
- /* This will happen if the loader fails to succesfully
+ /* This will happen if the loader fails to successfully
load the application, e.g., if the main executable
tries to pull in a non-existing export from a
DLL. */
diff --git a/gdb/gdbtypes.c b/gdb/gdbtypes.c
index 5921aac..eb1c493 100644
--- a/gdb/gdbtypes.c
+++ b/gdb/gdbtypes.c
@@ -556,7 +556,7 @@ address_space_name_to_int (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, char *space_identifier)
}
/* Identify address space identifier by integer flag as defined in
- gdbtypes.h -- return the string version of the adress space name. */
+ gdbtypes.h -- return the string version of the address space name. */
const char *
address_space_int_to_name (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int space_flag)
@@ -656,7 +656,7 @@ make_type_with_address_space (struct type *type, int space_flag)
If TYPEPTR and *TYPEPTR are non-zero, then *TYPEPTR points to
storage to hold the new qualified type; *TYPEPTR and TYPE must be
in the same objfile. Otherwise, allocate fresh memory for the new
- type whereever TYPE lives. If TYPEPTR is non-zero, set it to the
+ type wherever TYPE lives. If TYPEPTR is non-zero, set it to the
new type we construct. */
struct type *
@@ -739,7 +739,7 @@ make_atomic_type (struct type *type)
/* Replace the contents of ntype with the type *type. This changes the
contents, rather than the pointer for TYPE_MAIN_TYPE (ntype); thus
- the changes are propogated to all types in the TYPE_CHAIN.
+ the changes are propagated to all types in the TYPE_CHAIN.
In order to build recursive types, it's inevitable that we'll need
to update types in place --- but this sort of indiscriminate
@@ -1108,7 +1108,7 @@ create_array_type_with_stride (struct type *result_type,
undefined by setting it to zero. Although we are not expected
to trust TYPE_LENGTH in this case, setting the size to zero
allows us to avoid allocating objects of random sizes in case
- we accidently do. */
+ we accidentally do. */
TYPE_LENGTH (result_type) = 0;
}
@@ -1306,7 +1306,7 @@ set_type_self_type (struct type *type, struct type *self_type)
}
/* Smash TYPE to be a type of pointers to members of SELF_TYPE with type
- TO_TYPE. A member pointer is a wierd thing -- it amounts to a
+ TO_TYPE. A member pointer is a weird thing -- it amounts to a
typed offset into a struct, e.g. "an int at offset 8". A MEMBER
TYPE doesn't include the offset (that's the value of the MEMBER
itself), but does include the structure type into which it points
@@ -1561,7 +1561,7 @@ lookup_template_type (char *name, struct type *type,
TYPE can be either a struct or union, or a pointer or reference to
a struct or union. If it is a pointer or reference, its target
- type is automatically used. Thus '.' and '->' are interchangable,
+ type is automatically used. Thus '.' and '->' are interchangeable,
as specified for the definitions of the expression element types
STRUCTOP_STRUCT and STRUCTOP_PTR.
diff --git a/gdb/gnu-nat.c b/gdb/gnu-nat.c
index 927ee5c..0c22513 100644
--- a/gdb/gnu-nat.c
+++ b/gdb/gnu-nat.c
@@ -1439,7 +1439,7 @@ inf_continue (struct inf *inf)
/* The inferior used for all gdb target ops. */
struct inf *gnu_current_inf = 0;
-/* The inferior being waited for by gnu_wait. Since GDB is decidely not
+/* The inferior being waited for by gnu_wait. Since GDB is decidedly not
multi-threaded, we don't bother to lock this. */
struct inf *waiting_inf;
@@ -1576,7 +1576,7 @@ rewait:
else if (kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
&& w->status.value.sig == GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
/* Ah hah! A SIGTRAP from the inferior while starting up probably
- means we've succesfully completed an exec! */
+ means we've successfully completed an exec! */
{
inf_debug (inf, "one pending exec completed");
}
diff --git a/gdb/go32-nat.c b/gdb/go32-nat.c
index 6e608e2..1dc9795 100644
--- a/gdb/go32-nat.c
+++ b/gdb/go32-nat.c
@@ -1859,7 +1859,7 @@ get_cr3 (void)
the first Page Table's entry for its own address and the Page
Directory entry for that Page Table will hold the same
physical address. The loop below searches the entire UMB
- range of addresses for such an occurence. */
+ range of addresses for such an occurrence. */
unsigned long addr, pte_idx;
for (addr = 0xb0000, pte_idx = 0xb0;
diff --git a/gdb/hppa-tdep.c b/gdb/hppa-tdep.c
index 4bb49ed..0ab8d7d 100644
--- a/gdb/hppa-tdep.c
+++ b/gdb/hppa-tdep.c
@@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ struct hppa_objfile_private
by hppa-hpux-tdep.c and shared with pa64solib.c and somsolib.c. */
static const struct objfile_data *hppa_objfile_priv_data = NULL;
-/* Get at various relevent fields of an instruction word. */
+/* Get at various relevant fields of an instruction word. */
#define MASK_5 0x1f
#define MASK_11 0x7ff
#define MASK_14 0x3fff
@@ -368,7 +368,7 @@ read_unwind_info (struct objfile *objfile)
/* For reasons unknown the HP PA64 tools generate multiple unwinder
sections in a single executable. So we just iterate over every
- section in the BFD looking for unwinder sections intead of trying
+ section in the BFD looking for unwinder sections instead of trying
to do a lookup with bfd_get_section_by_name.
First determine the total size of the unwind tables so that we
diff --git a/gdb/i386-fbsd-nat.c b/gdb/i386-fbsd-nat.c
index a9bf2b1..31361b2 100644
--- a/gdb/i386-fbsd-nat.c
+++ b/gdb/i386-fbsd-nat.c
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ i386fbsd_resume (struct target_ops *ops,
request = PT_CONTINUE;
}
- /* An addres of (caddr_t) 1 tells ptrace to continue from where it
+ /* An address of (caddr_t) 1 tells ptrace to continue from where it
was. (If GDB wanted it to start some other way, we have already
written a new PC value to the child.) */
if (ptrace (request, pid, (caddr_t) 1,
diff --git a/gdb/i386-linux-nat.c b/gdb/i386-linux-nat.c
index 70d954f..073a198 100644
--- a/gdb/i386-linux-nat.c
+++ b/gdb/i386-linux-nat.c
@@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ store_register (const struct regcache *regcache, int regno)
}
\f
-/* Transfering the general-purpose registers between GDB, inferiors
+/* Transferring the general-purpose registers between GDB, inferiors
and core files. */
/* Fill GDB's register array with the general-purpose register values
@@ -245,7 +245,7 @@ static void store_regs (const struct regcache *regcache, int tid, int regno) {}
#endif
\f
-/* Transfering floating-point registers between GDB, inferiors and cores. */
+/* Transferring floating-point registers between GDB, inferiors and cores. */
/* Fill GDB's register array with the floating-point register values in
*FPREGSETP. */
@@ -270,7 +270,7 @@ fill_fpregset (const struct regcache *regcache,
#ifdef HAVE_PTRACE_GETREGS
/* Fetch all floating-point registers from process/thread TID and store
- thier values in GDB's register array. */
+ their values in GDB's register array. */
static void
fetch_fpregs (struct regcache *regcache, int tid)
@@ -315,7 +315,7 @@ store_fpregs (const struct regcache *regcache, int tid, int regno)
#endif
\f
-/* Transfering floating-point and SSE registers to and from GDB. */
+/* Transferring floating-point and SSE registers to and from GDB. */
/* Fetch all registers covered by the PTRACE_GETREGSET request from
process/thread TID and store their values in GDB's register array.
diff --git a/gdb/i386-obsd-tdep.c b/gdb/i386-obsd-tdep.c
index 08becfa..87cca73 100644
--- a/gdb/i386-obsd-tdep.c
+++ b/gdb/i386-obsd-tdep.c
@@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ i386obsd_aout_iterate_over_regset_sections (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
{
struct gdbarch_tdep *tdep = gdbarch_tdep (gdbarch);
- /* OpenBSD a.out core dumps don't use seperate register sets for the
+ /* OpenBSD a.out core dumps don't use separate register sets for the
general-purpose and floating-point registers. */
cb (".reg", tdep->sizeof_gregset + I387_SIZEOF_FSAVE,
diff --git a/gdb/i386-tdep.c b/gdb/i386-tdep.c
index 22fb54c..ebee20a 100644
--- a/gdb/i386-tdep.c
+++ b/gdb/i386-tdep.c
@@ -1487,7 +1487,7 @@ struct i386_insn i386_frame_setup_skip_insns[] =
/* Check for `mov imm32, r32'. Note that there is an alternative
encoding for `mov m32, %eax'.
- ??? Should we handle SIB adressing here?
+ ??? Should we handle SIB addressing here?
??? Should we handle 16-bit operand-sizes here? */
/* `movl m32, %eax' */
@@ -8356,7 +8356,7 @@ i386_gdbarch_init (struct gdbarch_info info, struct gdbarch_list *arches)
tdep->st0_regnum = I386_ST0_REGNUM;
- /* I386_NUM_XREGS includes %mxcsr, so substract one. */
+ /* I386_NUM_XREGS includes %mxcsr, so subtract one. */
tdep->num_xmm_regs = I386_NUM_XREGS - 1;
tdep->jb_pc_offset = -1;
diff --git a/gdb/ia64-tdep.c b/gdb/ia64-tdep.c
index 475decd..51e23e6 100644
--- a/gdb/ia64-tdep.c
+++ b/gdb/ia64-tdep.c
@@ -589,7 +589,7 @@ fetch_instruction (CORE_ADDR addr, instruction_type *it, long long *instr)
If we would like to store the whole bundle to SHADOW_CONTENTS we would have
to store already the base address (`address & ~0x0f') into PLACED_ADDRESS.
In such case there is no other place where to store
- SLOTNUM (`adress & 0x0f', value in the range <0..2>). We need to know
+ SLOTNUM (`address & 0x0f', value in the range <0..2>). We need to know
SLOTNUM in ia64_memory_remove_breakpoint.
There is one special case where we need to be extra careful:
diff --git a/gdb/ia64-tdep.h b/gdb/ia64-tdep.h
index 14c7a1e..c7de869 100644
--- a/gdb/ia64-tdep.h
+++ b/gdb/ia64-tdep.h
@@ -154,7 +154,7 @@
/* Predicate registers: There are 64 of these 1-bit registers. We
define a single register which is used to communicate these values
to/from the target. We will somehow contrive to make it appear
- that IA64_PR0_REGNUM thru IA64_PR63_REGNUM hold the actual values. */
+ that IA64_PR0_REGNUM through IA64_PR63_REGNUM hold the actual values. */
#define IA64_PR_REGNUM 330
/* Instruction pointer: 64 bits wide. */
diff --git a/gdb/inf-ptrace.c b/gdb/inf-ptrace.c
index 64aaabe..c16150a 100644
--- a/gdb/inf-ptrace.c
+++ b/gdb/inf-ptrace.c
@@ -570,7 +570,7 @@ inf_ptrace_xfer_partial (struct target_ops *ops, enum target_object object,
case TARGET_OBJECT_AUXV:
#if defined (PT_IO) && defined (PIOD_READ_AUXV)
/* OpenBSD 4.5 has a new PIOD_READ_AUXV operation for the PT_IO
- request that allows us to read the auxilliary vector. Other
+ request that allows us to read the auxiliary vector. Other
BSD's may follow if they feel the need to support PIE. */
{
struct ptrace_io_desc piod;
diff --git a/gdb/infcall.c b/gdb/infcall.c
index e435cf7..973e5eb 100644
--- a/gdb/infcall.c
+++ b/gdb/infcall.c
@@ -783,7 +783,7 @@ call_function_by_hand_dummy (struct value *function,
void parameterless generic dummy frame calls to frameless
functions will create a sequence of effectively identical
frames (SP, FP and TOS and PC the same). This, not
- suprisingly, results in what appears to be a stack in an
+ surprisingly, results in what appears to be a stack in an
infinite loop --- when GDB tries to find a generic dummy
frame on the internal dummy frame stack, it will always
find the first one.
diff --git a/gdb/infcmd.c b/gdb/infcmd.c
index 942d61e..cebc626 100644
--- a/gdb/infcmd.c
+++ b/gdb/infcmd.c
@@ -520,7 +520,7 @@ prepare_execution_command (struct target_ops *target, int background)
}
/* Implement the "run" command. If TBREAK_AT_MAIN is set, then insert
- a temporary breakpoint at the begining of the main program before
+ a temporary breakpoint at the beginning of the main program before
running the program. */
static void
@@ -2179,7 +2179,7 @@ set_environment_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
if (arg == 0)
error_no_arg (_("environment variable and value"));
- /* Find seperation between variable name and value. */
+ /* Find separation between variable name and value. */
p = (char *) strchr (arg, '=');
val = (char *) strchr (arg, ' ');
@@ -2698,7 +2698,7 @@ attach_post_wait (char *args, int from_tty, enum attach_post_wait_mode mode)
/* The user requested an `attach&', so be sure to leave threads
that didn't get a signal running. */
- /* Immediatelly resume all suspended threads of this inferior,
+ /* Immediately resume all suspended threads of this inferior,
and this inferior only. This should have no effect on
already running threads. If a thread has been stopped with a
signal, leave it be. */
@@ -3148,7 +3148,7 @@ info_proc_cmd_1 (char *args, enum info_proc_what what, int from_tty)
}
}
-/* Implement `info proc' when given without any futher parameters. */
+/* Implement `info proc' when given without any further parameters. */
static void
info_proc_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
diff --git a/gdb/infrun.c b/gdb/infrun.c
index bf0632e..fad843a 100644
--- a/gdb/infrun.c
+++ b/gdb/infrun.c
@@ -1432,7 +1432,7 @@ step_over_info_valid_p (void)
register contents, and memory. We use this in step n1.
- gdbarch_displaced_step_fixup adjusts registers and memory after
- we have successfuly single-stepped the instruction, to yield the
+ we have successfully single-stepped the instruction, to yield the
same effect the instruction would have had if we had executed it
at its original address. We use this in step n3.
@@ -6179,7 +6179,7 @@ handle_signal_stop (struct execution_control_state *ecs)
return;
}
- /* Note: step_resume_breakpoint may be non-NULL. This occures
+ /* Note: step_resume_breakpoint may be non-NULL. This occurs
when either there's a nested signal, or when there's a
pending signal enabled just as the signal handler returns
(leaving the inferior at the step-resume-breakpoint without
diff --git a/gdb/linespec.c b/gdb/linespec.c
index 1604267..b6230e0 100644
--- a/gdb/linespec.c
+++ b/gdb/linespec.c
@@ -2712,7 +2712,7 @@ decode_line_with_last_displayed (char *string, int flags)
\f
-/* First, some functions to initialize stuff at the beggining of the
+/* First, some functions to initialize stuff at the beginning of the
function. */
static void
diff --git a/gdb/linux-nat.c b/gdb/linux-nat.c
index cbf94ed..4d919fd 100644
--- a/gdb/linux-nat.c
+++ b/gdb/linux-nat.c
@@ -1510,7 +1510,7 @@ linux_nat_detach (struct target_ops *ops, const char *args, int from_tty)
inferiors running. */
/* Stop all threads before detaching. ptrace requires that the
- thread is stopped to sucessfully detach. */
+ thread is stopped to successfully detach. */
iterate_over_lwps (pid_to_ptid (pid), stop_callback, NULL);
/* ... and wait until all of them have reported back that
they're no longer running. */
@@ -3771,7 +3771,7 @@ linux_nat_kill (struct target_ops *ops)
ptid_t ptid = pid_to_ptid (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
/* Stop all threads before killing them, since ptrace requires
- that the thread is stopped to sucessfully PTRACE_KILL. */
+ that the thread is stopped to successfully PTRACE_KILL. */
iterate_over_lwps (ptid, stop_callback, NULL);
/* ... and wait until all of them have reported back that
they're no longer running. */
diff --git a/gdb/linux-tdep.c b/gdb/linux-tdep.c
index 718dc1a..ada5095 100644
--- a/gdb/linux-tdep.c
+++ b/gdb/linux-tdep.c
@@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ static const struct inferior_data *linux_inferior_data;
/* Linux-specific cached data. This is used by GDB for caching
purposes for each inferior. This helps reduce the overhead of
- transfering data from a remote target to the local host. */
+ transferring data from a remote target to the local host. */
struct linux_info
{
/* Cache of the inferior's vsyscall/vDSO mapping range. Only valid
@@ -2001,7 +2001,7 @@ linux_make_corefile_notes (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, bfd *obfd, int *note_size)
if (!note_data)
return NULL;
- /* Auxillary vector. */
+ /* Auxiliary vector. */
auxv_len = target_read_alloc (¤t_target, TARGET_OBJECT_AUXV,
NULL, &auxv);
if (auxv_len > 0)
diff --git a/gdb/m32r-linux-nat.c b/gdb/m32r-linux-nat.c
index aaedf7f..c8fd142 100644
--- a/gdb/m32r-linux-nat.c
+++ b/gdb/m32r-linux-nat.c
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ static int regmap[] = {
\f
-/* Transfering the general-purpose registers between GDB, inferiors
+/* Transferring the general-purpose registers between GDB, inferiors
and core files. */
/* Fill GDB's register array with the general-purpose register values
@@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ store_regs (const struct regcache *regcache, int tid, int regno)
\f
-/* Transfering floating-point registers between GDB, inferiors and cores.
+/* Transferring floating-point registers between GDB, inferiors and cores.
Since M32R has no floating-point registers, these functions do nothing. */
void
diff --git a/gdb/m32r-tdep.c b/gdb/m32r-tdep.c
index 31ea3ed..53fc4c4 100644
--- a/gdb/m32r-tdep.c
+++ b/gdb/m32r-tdep.c
@@ -292,7 +292,7 @@ decode_prologue (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
if (insn == 0x0000)
break;
- /* If this is a 32 bit instruction, we dont want to examine its
+ /* If this is a 32 bit instruction, we don't want to examine its
immediate data as though it were an instruction. */
if (current_pc & 0x02)
{
diff --git a/gdb/m68k-linux-nat.c b/gdb/m68k-linux-nat.c
index 5b8684b..874e2c7 100644
--- a/gdb/m68k-linux-nat.c
+++ b/gdb/m68k-linux-nat.c
@@ -301,7 +301,7 @@ static void store_regs (const struct regcache *regcache, int tid, int regno)
#endif
\f
-/* Transfering floating-point registers between GDB, inferiors and cores. */
+/* Transferring floating-point registers between GDB, inferiors and cores. */
/* What is the address of fpN within the floating-point register set F? */
#define FPREG_ADDR(f, n) (&(f)->fpregs[(n) * 3])
@@ -354,7 +354,7 @@ fill_fpregset (const struct regcache *regcache,
#ifdef HAVE_PTRACE_GETREGS
/* Fetch all floating-point registers from process/thread TID and store
- thier values in GDB's register array. */
+ their values in GDB's register array. */
static void
fetch_fpregs (struct regcache *regcache, int tid)
diff --git a/gdb/macroexp.h b/gdb/macroexp.h
index 712bf34..2b45f85 100644
--- a/gdb/macroexp.h
+++ b/gdb/macroexp.h
@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ char *macro_expand_once (const char *source,
freeing it, using xfree.
We need this expand-one-token-at-a-time interface in order to
- accomodate GDB's C expression parser, which may not consume the
+ accommodate GDB's C expression parser, which may not consume the
entire string. When the user enters a command like
(gdb) break *func+20 if x == 5
diff --git a/gdb/macrotab.h b/gdb/macrotab.h
index ed86336..e9d5b1e 100644
--- a/gdb/macrotab.h
+++ b/gdb/macrotab.h
@@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ struct macro_definition;
line info, but not in macro info. This means that GDB's symtabs
(built from the former, among other things) may mention filenames
that the #inclusion tree (built from the latter) doesn't have any
- record of. See macroscope.c:sal_macro_scope for how to accomodate
+ record of. See macroscope.c:sal_macro_scope for how to accommodate
this.
It's worth noting that libcpp has a simpler way of representing all
diff --git a/gdb/mdebugread.c b/gdb/mdebugread.c
index a149ee9..be4779f 100644
--- a/gdb/mdebugread.c
+++ b/gdb/mdebugread.c
@@ -190,7 +190,7 @@ static const struct ecoff_debug_swap *debug_swap;
static struct ecoff_debug_info *debug_info;
-/* Pointer to current file decriptor record, and its index. */
+/* Pointer to current file descriptor record, and its index. */
static FDR *cur_fdr;
static int cur_fd;
@@ -420,7 +420,7 @@ static struct parse_stack
struct type *cur_type; /* Type we parse fields for. */
int cur_field; /* Field number in cur_type. */
- CORE_ADDR procadr; /* Start addres of this procedure. */
+ CORE_ADDR procadr; /* Start address of this procedure. */
int numargs; /* Its argument count. */
}
@@ -1336,7 +1336,7 @@ parse_symbol (SYMR *sh, union aux_ext *ax, char *ext_sh, int bigend,
consequence of GDB's type management; CC and GCC (at
least through version 2.4) both output variables of
either type char * or caddr_t with the type
- refering to the stTypedef symbol for caddr_t. If a future
+ referring to the stTypedef symbol for caddr_t. If a future
compiler cleans this up it GDB is not ready for it
yet, but if it becomes ready we somehow need to
disable this check (without breaking the PCC/GCC2.4
@@ -2562,14 +2562,14 @@ parse_partial_symbols (minimal_symbol_reader &reader,
/* On certain platforms, some extra label symbols can be
generated by the linker. One possible usage for this kind
- of symbols is to represent the address of the begining of a
+ of symbols is to represent the address of the beginning of a
given section. For instance, on Tru64 5.1, the address of
the _ftext label is the start address of the .text section.
The storage class of these symbols is usually directly
related to the section to which the symbol refers. For
instance, on Tru64 5.1, the storage class for the _fdata
- label is scData, refering to the .data section.
+ label is scData, referring to the .data section.
It is actually possible that the section associated to the
storage class of the label does not exist. On True64 5.1
diff --git a/gdb/mep-tdep.c b/gdb/mep-tdep.c
index 80d2b76..88413be 100644
--- a/gdb/mep-tdep.c
+++ b/gdb/mep-tdep.c
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@
/* A quick recap for GDB hackers not familiar with the whole Toshiba
Media Processor story:
- The MeP media engine is a configureable processor: users can design
+ The MeP media engine is a configurable processor: users can design
their own coprocessors, implement custom instructions, adjust cache
sizes, select optional standard facilities like add-and-saturate
instructions, and so on. Then, they can build custom versions of
diff --git a/gdb/mi/mi-cmds.c b/gdb/mi/mi-cmds.c
index 85c19c1..3e71b59 100644
--- a/gdb/mi/mi-cmds.c
+++ b/gdb/mi/mi-cmds.c
@@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ static struct mi_cmd mi_cmds[] =
static struct mi_cmd **mi_table;
-/* A prime large enough to accomodate the entire command table. */
+/* A prime large enough to accommodate the entire command table. */
enum
{
MI_TABLE_SIZE = 227
diff --git a/gdb/mi/mi-getopt.h b/gdb/mi/mi-getopt.h
index b0b0faa..8ce3f4f 100644
--- a/gdb/mi/mi-getopt.h
+++ b/gdb/mi/mi-getopt.h
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ extern int mi_getopt_allow_unknown (const char *prefix, int argc,
/* mi_valid_noargs determines if ARGC/ARGV are a valid set of
parameters to satisfy an MI function that is not supposed to
- recieve any arguments.
+ receive any arguments.
An MI function that should not receive arguments can still be
passed parameters after the special option '--' such as below.
diff --git a/gdb/mi/mi-main.c b/gdb/mi/mi-main.c
index 4d276c8..09fb6c2 100644
--- a/gdb/mi/mi-main.c
+++ b/gdb/mi/mi-main.c
@@ -1518,7 +1518,7 @@ mi_cmd_data_read_memory (char *command, char **argv, int argc)
ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "next-page", gdbarch, addr + total_bytes);
ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "prev-page", gdbarch, addr - total_bytes);
- /* Build the result as a two dimentional table. */
+ /* Build the result as a two dimensional table. */
{
struct ui_file *stream;
struct cleanup *cleanup_stream;
diff --git a/gdb/microblaze-tdep.c b/gdb/microblaze-tdep.c
index 6dd5b42..86f1622 100644
--- a/gdb/microblaze-tdep.c
+++ b/gdb/microblaze-tdep.c
@@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ microblaze_alloc_frame_cache (void)
/* The base of the current frame is in a frame pointer register.
This register is noted in frame_extra_info->fp_regnum.
- Note that the existance of an FP might also indicate that the
+ Note that the existence of an FP might also indicate that the
function has called alloca. */
#define MICROBLAZE_MY_FRAME_IN_FP 0x2
diff --git a/gdb/mips-tdep.c b/gdb/mips-tdep.c
index cb4465b..f66c7fe 100644
--- a/gdb/mips-tdep.c
+++ b/gdb/mips-tdep.c
@@ -523,7 +523,7 @@ mips_xfer_register (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, struct regcache *regcache,
}
/* Determine if a MIPS3 or later cpu is operating in MIPS{1,2} FPU
- compatiblity mode. A return value of 1 means that we have
+ compatibility mode. A return value of 1 means that we have
physical 64-bit registers, but should treat them as 32-bit registers. */
static int
@@ -539,7 +539,7 @@ mips2_fp_compat (struct frame_info *frame)
/* FIXME drow 2002-03-10: This is disabled until we can do it consistently,
in all the places we deal with FP registers. PR gdb/413. */
/* Otherwise check the FR bit in the status register - it controls
- the FP compatiblity mode. If it is clear we are in compatibility
+ the FP compatibility mode. If it is clear we are in compatibility
mode. */
if ((get_frame_register_unsigned (frame, MIPS_PS_REGNUM) & ST0_FR) == 0)
return 1;
@@ -559,7 +559,7 @@ static void reinit_frame_cache_sfunc (char *, int, struct cmd_list_element *);
static struct cmd_list_element *setmipscmdlist = NULL;
static struct cmd_list_element *showmipscmdlist = NULL;
-/* Integer registers 0 thru 31 are handled explicitly by
+/* Integer registers 0 through 31 are handled explicitly by
mips_register_name(). Processor specific registers 32 and above
are listed in the following tables. */
@@ -883,7 +883,7 @@ mips_convert_register_float_case_p (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int regnum,
}
/* This predicate tests for the case of a value of less than 8
- bytes in width that is being transfered to or from an 8 byte
+ bytes in width that is being transferred to or from an 8 byte
general purpose register. */
static int
mips_convert_register_gpreg_case_p (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int regnum,
@@ -1036,7 +1036,7 @@ mips_register_type (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int regnum)
return builtin_type (gdbarch)->builtin_int32;
else if (gdbarch_tdep (gdbarch)->mips64_transfers_32bit_regs_p)
/* The target, while possibly using a 64-bit register buffer,
- is only transfering 32-bits of each integer register.
+ is only transferring 32-bits of each integer register.
Reflect this in the cooked/pseudo (ABI) register value. */
return builtin_type (gdbarch)->builtin_int32;
else if (mips_abi_regsize (gdbarch) == 4)
@@ -2063,7 +2063,7 @@ micromips_next_pc (struct regcache *regcache, CORE_ADDR pc)
/* Decoding the next place to set a breakpoint is irregular for the
mips 16 variant, but fortunately, there fewer instructions. We have
to cope ith extensions for 16 bit instructions and a pair of actual
- 32 bit instructions. We dont want to set a single step instruction
+ 32 bit instructions. We don't want to set a single step instruction
on the extend instruction either. */
/* Lots of mips16 instruction formats */
@@ -2823,7 +2823,7 @@ mips_insn16_frame_cache (struct frame_info *this_frame, void **this_cache)
find_pc_partial_function (pc, NULL, &start_addr, NULL);
if (start_addr == 0)
start_addr = heuristic_proc_start (gdbarch, pc);
- /* We can't analyze the prologue if we couldn't find the begining
+ /* We can't analyze the prologue if we couldn't find the beginning
of the function. */
if (start_addr == 0)
return cache;
@@ -3258,7 +3258,7 @@ mips_micro_frame_cache (struct frame_info *this_frame, void **this_cache)
find_pc_partial_function (pc, NULL, &start_addr, NULL);
if (start_addr == 0)
start_addr = heuristic_proc_start (get_frame_arch (this_frame), pc);
- /* We can't analyze the prologue if we couldn't find the begining
+ /* We can't analyze the prologue if we couldn't find the beginning
of the function. */
if (start_addr == 0)
return cache;
@@ -3636,7 +3636,7 @@ mips_insn32_frame_cache (struct frame_info *this_frame, void **this_cache)
find_pc_partial_function (pc, NULL, &start_addr, NULL);
if (start_addr == 0)
start_addr = heuristic_proc_start (gdbarch, pc);
- /* We can't analyze the prologue if we couldn't find the begining
+ /* We can't analyze the prologue if we couldn't find the beginning
of the function. */
if (start_addr == 0)
return cache;
@@ -4521,7 +4521,7 @@ mips_eabi_push_dummy_call (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, struct value *function,
}
/* Now load as many as possible of the first arguments into
- registers, and push the rest onto the stack. Loop thru args
+ registers, and push the rest onto the stack. Loop through args
from first to last. */
for (argnum = 0; argnum < nargs; argnum++)
{
@@ -4691,7 +4691,7 @@ mips_eabi_push_dummy_call (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, struct value *function,
}
/* Note!!! This is NOT an else clause. Odd sized
- structs may go thru BOTH paths. Floating point
+ structs may go through BOTH paths. Floating point
arguments will not. */
/* Write this portion of the argument to a general
purpose register. */
@@ -4909,7 +4909,7 @@ mips_n32n64_push_dummy_call (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, struct value *function,
}
/* Now load as many as possible of the first arguments into
- registers, and push the rest onto the stack. Loop thru args
+ registers, and push the rest onto the stack. Loop through args
from first to last. */
for (argnum = 0; argnum < nargs; argnum++)
{
@@ -5040,7 +5040,7 @@ mips_n32n64_push_dummy_call (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, struct value *function,
}
/* Note!!! This is NOT an else clause. Odd sized
- structs may go thru BOTH paths. */
+ structs may go through BOTH paths. */
/* Write this portion of the argument to a general
purpose register. */
if (argreg <= MIPS_LAST_ARG_REGNUM (gdbarch))
@@ -5374,7 +5374,7 @@ mips_o32_push_dummy_call (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, struct value *function,
}
/* Now load as many as possible of the first arguments into
- registers, and push the rest onto the stack. Loop thru args
+ registers, and push the rest onto the stack. Loop through args
from first to last. */
for (argnum = 0; argnum < nargs; argnum++)
{
@@ -5537,7 +5537,7 @@ mips_o32_push_dummy_call (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, struct value *function,
}
/* Note!!! This is NOT an else clause. Odd sized
- structs may go thru BOTH paths. */
+ structs may go through BOTH paths. */
/* Write this portion of the argument to a general
purpose register. */
if (argreg <= MIPS_LAST_ARG_REGNUM (gdbarch))
@@ -5599,7 +5599,7 @@ mips_o32_push_dummy_call (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, struct value *function,
In older ABIs, the caller reserved space for
registers that contained arguments. This was loosely
- refered to as their "home". Consequently, space is
+ referred to as their "home". Consequently, space is
always allocated. */
stack_offset += align_up (partial_len, MIPS32_REGSIZE);
@@ -5896,7 +5896,7 @@ mips_o64_push_dummy_call (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, struct value *function,
}
/* Now load as many as possible of the first arguments into
- registers, and push the rest onto the stack. Loop thru args
+ registers, and push the rest onto the stack. Loop through args
from first to last. */
for (argnum = 0; argnum < nargs; argnum++)
{
@@ -6000,7 +6000,7 @@ mips_o64_push_dummy_call (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, struct value *function,
}
/* Note!!! This is NOT an else clause. Odd sized
- structs may go thru BOTH paths. */
+ structs may go through BOTH paths. */
/* Write this portion of the argument to a general
purpose register. */
if (argreg <= MIPS_LAST_ARG_REGNUM (gdbarch))
@@ -6046,7 +6046,7 @@ mips_o64_push_dummy_call (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, struct value *function,
In older ABIs, the caller reserved space for
registers that contained arguments. This was loosely
- refered to as their "home". Consequently, space is
+ referred to as their "home". Consequently, space is
always allocated. */
stack_offset += align_up (partial_len, MIPS64_REGSIZE);
diff --git a/gdb/moxie-tdep.c b/gdb/moxie-tdep.c
index abf2868..0adea2d 100644
--- a/gdb/moxie-tdep.c
+++ b/gdb/moxie-tdep.c
@@ -275,7 +275,7 @@ struct moxie_unwind_cache
};
/* Read an unsigned integer from the inferior, and adjust
- endianess. */
+ endianness. */
static ULONGEST
moxie_process_readu (CORE_ADDR addr, gdb_byte *buf,
int length, enum bfd_endian byte_order)
diff --git a/gdb/mt-tdep.c b/gdb/mt-tdep.c
index e958cc4..5ae935b 100644
--- a/gdb/mt-tdep.c
+++ b/gdb/mt-tdep.c
@@ -793,7 +793,7 @@ mt_push_dummy_call (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, struct value *function,
int typelen;
int i, j;
- /* First handle however many args we can fit into MT_1ST_ARGREG thru
+ /* First handle however many args we can fit into MT_1ST_ARGREG through
MT_LAST_ARGREG. */
for (i = 0; i < nargs && argreg <= MT_LAST_ARGREG; i++)
{
diff --git a/gdb/nto-procfs.c b/gdb/nto-procfs.c
index 311a0b1..777c930 100644
--- a/gdb/nto-procfs.c
+++ b/gdb/nto-procfs.c
@@ -263,7 +263,7 @@ update_thread_private_data_name (struct thread_info *new_thread,
}
else if (strcmp (newname, new_thread->priv->name) != 0)
{
- /* Reallocate if neccessary. */
+ /* Reallocate if necessary. */
int oldnamelen = strlen (new_thread->priv->name);
if (oldnamelen < newnamelen)
diff --git a/gdb/nto-tdep.h b/gdb/nto-tdep.h
index 81ed50c..b86a7fb 100644
--- a/gdb/nto-tdep.h
+++ b/gdb/nto-tdep.h
@@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ extern struct nto_target_ops current_nto_target;
#define nto_is_nto_target (current_nto_target.is_nto_target)
-/* Keep this consistant with neutrino syspage.h. */
+/* Keep this consistent with neutrino syspage.h. */
enum
{
CPUTYPE_X86,
diff --git a/gdb/objc-lang.c b/gdb/objc-lang.c
index 43d83da..c7fdeb3 100644
--- a/gdb/objc-lang.c
+++ b/gdb/objc-lang.c
@@ -553,7 +553,7 @@ compare_selectors (const void *a, const void *b)
*
* Implements the "Info selectors" command. Takes an optional regexp
* arg. Lists all objective c selectors that match the regexp. Works
- * by grepping thru all symbols for objective c methods. Output list
+ * by grepping through all symbols for objective c methods. Output list
* is sorted and uniqued.
*/
@@ -604,7 +604,7 @@ selectors_info (char *regexp, int from_tty)
error (_("Invalid regexp (%s): %s"), val, regexp);
}
- /* First time thru is JUST to get max length and count. */
+ /* First time through is JUST to get max length and count. */
ALL_MSYMBOLS (objfile, msymbol)
{
QUIT;
@@ -714,7 +714,7 @@ compare_classes (const void *a, const void *b)
*
* Implements the "info classes" command for objective c classes.
* Lists all objective c classes that match the optional regexp.
- * Works by grepping thru the list of objective c methods. List will
+ * Works by grepping through the list of objective c methods. List will
* be sorted and uniqued (since one class may have many methods).
* BUGS: will not list a class that has no methods.
*/
@@ -755,7 +755,7 @@ classes_info (char *regexp, int from_tty)
error (_("Invalid regexp (%s): %s"), val, regexp);
}
- /* First time thru is JUST to get max length and count. */
+ /* First time through is JUST to get max length and count. */
ALL_MSYMBOLS (objfile, msymbol)
{
QUIT;
@@ -1227,7 +1227,7 @@ print_object_command (char *args, int from_tty)
printf_filtered ("\n");
}
-/* The data structure 'methcalls' is used to detect method calls (thru
+/* The data structure 'methcalls' is used to detect method calls (through
* ObjC runtime lib functions objc_msgSend, objc_msgSendSuper, etc.),
* and ultimately find the method being called.
*/
diff --git a/gdb/ppc-linux-nat.c b/gdb/ppc-linux-nat.c
index 84c14a1..62cde53 100644
--- a/gdb/ppc-linux-nat.c
+++ b/gdb/ppc-linux-nat.c
@@ -887,7 +887,7 @@ store_altivec_register (const struct regcache *regcache, int tid, int regno)
perror_with_name (_("Unable to store AltiVec register"));
}
-/* Assuming TID referrs to an SPE process, set the top halves of TID's
+/* Assuming TID refers to an SPE process, set the top halves of TID's
general-purpose registers and its SPE-specific registers to the
values in EVRREGSET. If we don't support PTRACE_SETEVRREGS, do
nothing.
diff --git a/gdb/ppc-linux-tdep.c b/gdb/ppc-linux-tdep.c
index 9c0b8fc..6e5b998 100644
--- a/gdb/ppc-linux-tdep.c
+++ b/gdb/ppc-linux-tdep.c
@@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ static struct target_so_ops powerpc_so_ops;
(gdb) b main
Breakpoint 2 at 0x100006a0: file gdb.base/shmain.c, line 44.
- Examine the instruction (and the immediatly following instruction)
+ Examine the instruction (and the immediately following instruction)
upon which the breakpoint was placed. Note that the PLT entry
for shr1 contains zeros.
diff --git a/gdb/printcmd.c b/gdb/printcmd.c
index f434f5f..cd78371 100644
--- a/gdb/printcmd.c
+++ b/gdb/printcmd.c
@@ -609,7 +609,7 @@ print_address_symbolic (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR addr,
address in a symbolic form. NAME can be mangled or not depending
on DO_DEMANGLE (and also on the asm_demangle global variable,
manipulated via ''set print asm-demangle''). Return 0 in case of
- success, when all the info in the OUT paramters is valid. Return 1
+ success, when all the info in the OUT parameters is valid. Return 1
otherwise. */
int
build_address_symbolic (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
diff --git a/gdb/procfs.c b/gdb/procfs.c
index ff814ba..376c000 100644
--- a/gdb/procfs.c
+++ b/gdb/procfs.c
@@ -80,7 +80,7 @@
In order to keep most of the code simple and clean, I have defined
an interface "layer" which hides all these system calls. An ifdef
(NEW_PROC_API) determines which interface we are using, and most or
- all occurrances of this ifdef should be confined to this interface
+ all occurrences of this ifdef should be confined to this interface
layer. */
/* Determine which /proc API we are using: The ioctl API defines
@@ -320,7 +320,7 @@ typedef siginfo_t gdb_siginfo_t;
concerning a /proc process. There should be exactly one procinfo
for each process, and since GDB currently can debug only one
process at a time, that means there should be only one procinfo.
- All of the LWP's of a process can be accessed indirectly thru the
+ All of the LWP's of a process can be accessed indirectly through the
single process procinfo.
However, against the day when GDB may debug more than one process,
@@ -575,7 +575,7 @@ open_procinfo_files (procinfo *pi, int which)
Solaris 2.5 LWP's:
Each LWP has an independent file descriptor, but these
are not obtained via the 'open' system call like the rest:
- instead, they're obtained thru an ioctl call (PIOCOPENLWP)
+ instead, they're obtained through an ioctl call (PIOCOPENLWP)
to the file descriptor of the parent process.
OSF threads:
@@ -628,7 +628,7 @@ open_procinfo_files (procinfo *pi, int which)
/* In this case, there is only one file descriptor for each procinfo
(ie. each process or LWP). In fact, only the file descriptor for
the process can actually be opened by an 'open' system call. The
- ones for the LWPs have to be obtained thru an IOCTL call on the
+ ones for the LWPs have to be obtained through an IOCTL call on the
process's file descriptor.
For convenience, we copy each procinfo's single file descriptor
@@ -1006,7 +1006,7 @@ find_syscall (procinfo *pi, char *name)
The main motivation for this layer is to hide the fact that there
are two very different implementations of the /proc API. Rather
- than have a bunch of #ifdefs all thru the gdb target vector
+ than have a bunch of #ifdefs all through the gdb target vector
functions, we do our best to hide them all in here. */
static long proc_flags (procinfo * pi);
@@ -1398,7 +1398,7 @@ proc_unset_run_on_last_close (procinfo *pi)
}
/* Reset inherit_on_fork flag. If the process forks a child while we
- are registered for events in the parent, then we will NOT recieve
+ are registered for events in the parent, then we will NOT receive
events from the child. Returns non-zero for success, zero for
failure. */
@@ -2502,7 +2502,7 @@ proc_get_LDT_entry (procinfo *pi, int key)
/* Make sure it gets closed again! */
old_chain = make_cleanup_close (fd);
- /* Now 'read' thru the table, find a match and return it. */
+ /* Now 'read' through the table, find a match and return it. */
while (read (fd, ldt_entry, sizeof (struct ssd)) == sizeof (struct ssd))
{
if (ldt_entry->sel == 0 &&
@@ -3459,7 +3459,7 @@ insert_dbx_link_bpt_in_file (int fd, CORE_ADDR ignored)
space in the process. The callback function receives an open file
descriptor for the file corresponding to that mapped address space
(if there is one), and the base address of the mapped space. Quit
- when the callback function returns a nonzero value, or at teh end
+ when the callback function returns a nonzero value, or at the end
of the mappings. Returns the first non-zero return value of the
callback function, or zero. */
diff --git a/gdb/prologue-value.h b/gdb/prologue-value.h
index 360dc4e..a64abcd 100644
--- a/gdb/prologue-value.h
+++ b/gdb/prologue-value.h
@@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ enum prologue_value_kind
understand and maintain. In the approach used here:
- It's easier to see that the analyzer is correct: you just see
- whether the analyzer properly (albiet conservatively) simulates
+ whether the analyzer properly (albeit conservatively) simulates
the effect of each instruction.
- It's easier to extend the analyzer: you can add support for new
diff --git a/gdb/remote-fileio.c b/gdb/remote-fileio.c
index e35bd5b..c15c59d 100644
--- a/gdb/remote-fileio.c
+++ b/gdb/remote-fileio.c
@@ -1076,7 +1076,7 @@ remote_fileio_func_system (char *buf)
}
}
- /* Check if system(3) has been explicitely allowed using the
+ /* Check if system(3) has been explicitly allowed using the
`set remote system-call-allowed 1' command. If length is 0,
indicating a NULL parameter to the system call, return zero to
indicate a shell is not available. Otherwise fail with EPERM. */
diff --git a/gdb/remote.c b/gdb/remote.c
index ef6c54e..80eb7b5 100644
--- a/gdb/remote.c
+++ b/gdb/remote.c
@@ -914,7 +914,7 @@ static struct target_ops extended_remote_ops;
/* FIXME: cagney/1999-09-23: Even though getpkt was called with
``forever'' still use the normal timeout mechanism. This is
- currently used by the ASYNC code to guarentee that target reads
+ currently used by the ASYNC code to guarantee that target reads
during the initial connect always time-out. Once getpkt has been
modified to return a timeout indication and, in turn
remote_wait()/wait_for_inferior() have gained a timeout parameter
@@ -999,7 +999,7 @@ show_remotebreak (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
memory packets to ``host::sizeof long'' bytes - (typically 32
bits). Consequently, for 64 bit targets, the upper 32 bits of an
address was never sent. Since fixing this bug may cause a break in
- some remote targets this variable is principly provided to
+ some remote targets this variable is principally provided to
facilitate backward compatibility. */
static unsigned int remote_address_size;
@@ -1315,7 +1315,7 @@ packet_check_result (const char *buf)
if (buf[0] == 'E'
&& isxdigit (buf[1]) && isxdigit (buf[2])
&& buf[3] == '\0')
- /* "Enn" - definitly an error. */
+ /* "Enn" - definitely an error. */
return PACKET_ERROR;
/* Always treat "E." as an error. This will be used for
@@ -2311,7 +2311,7 @@ remote_thread_name (struct target_ops *ops, struct thread_info *info)
/* WARNING: This threadref data structure comes from the remote O.S.,
libstub protocol encoding, and remote.c. It is not particularly
- changable. */
+ changeable. */
/* Right now, the internal structure is int. We want it to be bigger.
Plan to fix this. */
@@ -2895,9 +2895,9 @@ remote_get_threadlist (int startflag, threadref *nextthread, int result_limit,
if (!threadmatch (&rs->echo_nextthread, nextthread))
{
/* FIXME: This is a good reason to drop the packet. */
- /* Possably, there is a duplicate response. */
+ /* Possibly, there is a duplicate response. */
/* Possabilities :
- retransmit immediatly - race conditions
+ retransmit immediately - race conditions
retransmit after timeout - yes
exit
wait for packet, then exit
@@ -4800,7 +4800,7 @@ remote_query_supported (void)
getpkt (&rs->buf, &rs->buf_size, 0);
- /* If an error occured, warn, but do not return - just reset the
+ /* If an error occurred, warn, but do not return - just reset the
buffer to empty and go on to disable features. */
if (packet_ok (rs->buf, &remote_protocol_packets[PACKET_qSupported])
== PACKET_ERROR)
@@ -5100,7 +5100,7 @@ remote_open_1 (const char *name, int from_tty,
/* Start the remote connection. If error() or QUIT, discard this
target (we'd otherwise be in an inconsistent state) and then
- propogate the error on up the exception chain. This ensures that
+ propagate the error on up the exception chain. This ensures that
the caller doesn't stumble along blindly assuming that the
function succeeded. The CLI doesn't have this problem but other
UI's, such as MI do.
@@ -7130,7 +7130,7 @@ Packet: '%s'\n"),
<GDB marks the REMOTE_ASYNC_GET_PENDING_EVENTS_TOKEN>
2.5) <-- (registers reply to step #2.3)
- Eventualy after step #2.5, we return to the event loop, which
+ Eventually after step #2.5, we return to the event loop, which
notices there's an event on the
REMOTE_ASYNC_GET_PENDING_EVENTS_TOKEN event and calls the
associated callback --- the function below. At this point, we're
@@ -8098,7 +8098,7 @@ remote_write_bytes_aux (const char *header, CORE_ADDR memaddr,
strcat (rs->buf, header);
p = rs->buf + strlen (header);
- /* Compute a best guess of the number of bytes actually transfered. */
+ /* Compute a best guess of the number of bytes actually transferred. */
if (packet_format == 'X')
{
/* Best guess at number of bytes that will fit. */
@@ -13683,7 +13683,7 @@ static serial_event_ftype remote_async_serial_handler;
static void
remote_async_serial_handler (struct serial *scb, void *context)
{
- /* Don't propogate error information up to the client. Instead let
+ /* Don't propagate error information up to the client. Instead let
the client find out about the error by querying the target. */
inferior_event_handler (INF_REG_EVENT, NULL);
}
diff --git a/gdb/rs6000-aix-tdep.c b/gdb/rs6000-aix-tdep.c
index 2b90cb1..1d5f8e9 100644
--- a/gdb/rs6000-aix-tdep.c
+++ b/gdb/rs6000-aix-tdep.c
@@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ rs6000_push_dummy_call (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, struct value *function,
on PPC variants that lack them. */
gdb_assert (ppc_floating_point_unit_p (gdbarch));
- /* The first eight words of ther arguments are passed in registers.
+ /* The first eight words of the arguments are passed in registers.
Copy them appropriately. */
ii = 0;
@@ -577,7 +577,7 @@ rs6000_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
}
CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
{
- /* An error occured during reading. Probably a memory error
+ /* An error occurred during reading. Probably a memory error
due to the section not being loaded yet. This address
cannot be a function descriptor. */
return addr;
diff --git a/gdb/rs6000-lynx178-tdep.c b/gdb/rs6000-lynx178-tdep.c
index 91eebbf..a53c2e0 100644
--- a/gdb/rs6000-lynx178-tdep.c
+++ b/gdb/rs6000-lynx178-tdep.c
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ rs6000_lynx178_push_dummy_call (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
on PPC variants that lack them. */
gdb_assert (ppc_floating_point_unit_p (gdbarch));
- /* The first eight words of ther arguments are passed in registers.
+ /* The first eight words of the arguments are passed in registers.
Copy them appropriately. */
ii = 0;
diff --git a/gdb/rs6000-tdep.c b/gdb/rs6000-tdep.c
index 1c26e1e..1e5807c 100644
--- a/gdb/rs6000-tdep.c
+++ b/gdb/rs6000-tdep.c
@@ -1364,7 +1364,7 @@ rs6000_fetch_instruction (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, const CORE_ADDR pc)
return op;
}
-/* GCC generates several well-known sequences of instructions at the begining
+/* GCC generates several well-known sequences of instructions at the beginning
of each function prologue when compiling with -fstack-check. If one of
such sequences starts at START_PC, then return the address of the
instruction immediately past this sequence. Otherwise, return START_PC. */
@@ -6055,7 +6055,7 @@ rs6000_gdbarch_init (struct gdbarch_info info, struct gdbarch_list *arches)
valid_p &= tdesc_numbered_register (feature, tdesc_data, PPC_XER_REGNUM,
"xer");
- /* Allow alternate names for these registers, to accomodate GDB's
+ /* Allow alternate names for these registers, to accommodate GDB's
historic naming. */
valid_p &= tdesc_numbered_register_choices (feature, tdesc_data,
PPC_MSR_REGNUM, msr_names);
diff --git a/gdb/rust-lang.h b/gdb/rust-lang.h
index 8cde84a..f597287 100644
--- a/gdb/rust-lang.h
+++ b/gdb/rust-lang.h
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ extern char *rust_crate_for_block (const struct block *block);
/* Create a new slice type. NAME is the name of the type. ELT_TYPE
is the type of the elements of the slice. USIZE_TYPE is the Rust
- "usize" type to use. The new type is allocated whereever ELT_TYPE
+ "usize" type to use. The new type is allocated wherever ELT_TYPE
is allocated. */
struct type *rust_slice_type (const char *name, struct type *elt_type,
struct type *usize_type);
diff --git a/gdb/s390-linux-tdep.c b/gdb/s390-linux-tdep.c
index aabbbc2..9bcf028 100644
--- a/gdb/s390-linux-tdep.c
+++ b/gdb/s390-linux-tdep.c
@@ -3324,7 +3324,7 @@ s390_handle_arg (struct s390_arg_state *as, struct value *arg,
for S/390 ELF Application Binary Interface Supplement".
SP is the current stack pointer. We must put arguments, links,
- padding, etc. whereever they belong, and return the new stack
+ padding, etc. wherever they belong, and return the new stack
pointer value.
If STRUCT_RETURN is non-zero, then the function we're calling is
diff --git a/gdb/ser-base.c b/gdb/ser-base.c
index c51be07..b958cdf 100644
--- a/gdb/ser-base.c
+++ b/gdb/ser-base.c
@@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ run_async_handler_and_reschedule (struct serial *scb)
/* FD_EVENT: This is scheduled when the input FIFO is empty (and there
is no pending error). As soon as data arrives, it is read into the
input FIFO and the client notified. The client should then drain
- the FIFO using readchar(). If the FIFO isn't immediatly emptied,
+ the FIFO using readchar(). If the FIFO isn't immediately emptied,
push_event() is used to nag the client until it is. */
static void
@@ -399,7 +399,7 @@ do_ser_base_readchar (struct serial *scb, int timeout)
pre-reads the input into that FIFO. Once that has been emptied,
further data is obtained by polling the input FD using the device
specific readchar() function. Note: reschedule() is called after
- every read. This is because there is no guarentee that the lower
+ every read. This is because there is no guarantee that the lower
level fd_event() poll_event() code (which also calls reschedule())
will be called. */
diff --git a/gdb/ser-go32.c b/gdb/ser-go32.c
index a9c3d91..82f1b27 100644
--- a/gdb/ser-go32.c
+++ b/gdb/ser-go32.c
@@ -655,7 +655,7 @@ dos_get_tty_state (struct serial *scb)
/* We've never heard about this port. We should fail this call,
unless they are asking about one of the 3 standard handles,
in which case we pretend the handle was open by us if it is
- connected to a terminal device. This is beacuse Unix
+ connected to a terminal device. This is because Unix
terminals use the serial interface, so GDB expects the
standard handles to go through here. */
if (scb->fd >= 3 || !isatty (scb->fd))
diff --git a/gdb/ser-mingw.c b/gdb/ser-mingw.c
index 96ebd0e..360ea0c 100644
--- a/gdb/ser-mingw.c
+++ b/gdb/ser-mingw.c
@@ -563,7 +563,7 @@ console_select_thread (void *arg)
if (event_index != WAIT_OBJECT_0 + 1)
{
- /* Wait must have failed; assume an error has occured, e.g.
+ /* Wait must have failed; assume an error has occurred, e.g.
the handle has been closed. */
SetEvent (state->except_event);
break;
@@ -1132,7 +1132,7 @@ net_windows_select_thread (void *arg)
if (event_index != WAIT_OBJECT_0 + 1)
{
- /* Some error has occured. Assume that this is an error
+ /* Some error has occurred. Assume that this is an error
condition. */
SetEvent (state->base.except_event);
break;
diff --git a/gdb/sh-tdep.c b/gdb/sh-tdep.c
index 01a2401..9d59248 100644
--- a/gdb/sh-tdep.c
+++ b/gdb/sh-tdep.c
@@ -914,7 +914,7 @@ sh_frame_align (struct gdbarch *ignore, CORE_ADDR sp)
not displace any of the other arguments passed in via registers R4
to R7. */
-/* Helper function to justify value in register according to endianess. */
+/* Helper function to justify value in register according to endianness. */
static const gdb_byte *
sh_justify_value_in_reg (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, struct value *val, int len)
{
@@ -944,7 +944,7 @@ sh_stack_allocsize (int nargs, struct value **args)
}
/* Helper functions for getting the float arguments right. Registers usage
- depends on the ABI and the endianess. The comments should enlighten how
+ depends on the ABI and the endianness. The comments should enlighten how
it's intended to work. */
/* This array stores which of the float arg registers are already in use. */
@@ -1047,7 +1047,7 @@ sh_treat_as_flt_p (struct type *type)
/* Otherwise non-struct types are not treated as float. */
if (TYPE_CODE (type) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT)
return 0;
- /* Otherwise structs with more than one memeber are not treated as float. */
+ /* Otherwise structs with more than one member are not treated as float. */
if (TYPE_NFIELDS (type) != 1)
return 0;
/* Otherwise if the type of that member is float, the whole type is
@@ -1099,7 +1099,7 @@ sh_push_dummy_call_fpu (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
/* Now load as many as possible of the first arguments into
registers, and push the rest onto the stack. There are 16 bytes
- in four registers available. Loop thru args from first to last. */
+ in four registers available. Loop through args from first to last. */
for (argnum = 0; argnum < nargs; argnum++)
{
type = value_type (args[argnum]);
@@ -1236,7 +1236,7 @@ sh_push_dummy_call_nofpu (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
/* Now load as many as possible of the first arguments into
registers, and push the rest onto the stack. There are 16 bytes
- in four registers available. Loop thru args from first to last. */
+ in four registers available. Loop through args from first to last. */
for (argnum = 0; argnum < nargs; argnum++)
{
type = value_type (args[argnum]);
diff --git a/gdb/sh64-tdep.c b/gdb/sh64-tdep.c
index bd2d4f7..3cb9267 100644
--- a/gdb/sh64-tdep.c
+++ b/gdb/sh64-tdep.c
@@ -1094,7 +1094,7 @@ sh64_push_dummy_call (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
/* Now load as many as possible of the first arguments into
registers, and push the rest onto the stack. There are 64 bytes
- in eight registers available. Loop thru args from first to last. */
+ in eight registers available. Loop through args from first to last. */
int_argreg = ARG0_REGNUM;
diff --git a/gdb/sol-thread.c b/gdb/sol-thread.c
index 85bf3ff..17f54d0 100644
--- a/gdb/sol-thread.c
+++ b/gdb/sol-thread.c
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
to provide access to the Solaris user-mode thread implementation.
Solaris threads are true user-mode threads, which are invoked via
- the thr_* and pthread_* (native and POSIX respectivly) interfaces.
+ the thr_* and pthread_* (native and POSIX respectively) interfaces.
These are mostly implemented in user-space, with all thread context
kept in various structures that live in the user's heap. These
should not be confused with lightweight processes (LWPs), which are
diff --git a/gdb/solib-svr4.c b/gdb/solib-svr4.c
index 0e18292..35deebd 100644
--- a/gdb/solib-svr4.c
+++ b/gdb/solib-svr4.c
@@ -436,13 +436,13 @@ get_svr4_info (void)
static int match_main (const char *);
/* Read program header TYPE from inferior memory. The header is found
- by scanning the OS auxillary vector.
+ by scanning the OS auxiliary vector.
If TYPE == -1, return the program headers instead of the contents of
one program header.
Return a pointer to allocated memory holding the program header contents,
- or NULL on failure. If sucessful, and unless P_SECT_SIZE is NULL, the
+ or NULL on failure. If successful, and unless P_SECT_SIZE is NULL, the
size of those contents is returned to P_SECT_SIZE. Likewise, the target
architecture size (32-bit or 64-bit) is returned to P_ARCH_SIZE and
the base address of the section is returned in BASE_ADDR. */
@@ -608,7 +608,7 @@ find_program_interpreter (void)
}
}
- /* If we didn't find it, use the target auxillary vector. */
+ /* If we didn't find it, use the target auxiliary vector. */
if (!buf)
buf = read_program_header (PT_INTERP, NULL, NULL, NULL);
@@ -719,7 +719,7 @@ scan_dyntag (const int desired_dyntag, bfd *abfd, CORE_ADDR *ptr,
}
/* Scan for DESIRED_DYNTAG in .dynamic section of the target's main executable,
- found by consulting the OS auxillary vector. If DESIRED_DYNTAG is found, 1
+ found by consulting the OS auxiliary vector. If DESIRED_DYNTAG is found, 1
is returned and the corresponding PTR is set. */
static int
@@ -2404,7 +2404,7 @@ enable_break (struct svr4_info *info, int from_tty)
}
/* If we were not able to find the base address of the loader
- from our so_list, then try using the AT_BASE auxilliary entry. */
+ from our so_list, then try using the AT_BASE auxiliary entry. */
if (!load_addr_found)
if (target_auxv_search (¤t_target, AT_BASE, &load_addr) > 0)
{
@@ -2622,7 +2622,7 @@ read_program_headers_from_bfd (bfd *abfd, int *phdrs_size)
whose e_type member in the ELF header is not ET_DYN. There may
be a time in the future when it is desirable to do relocations
on other types of files as well in which case this condition
- should either be removed or modified to accomodate the new file
+ should either be removed or modified to accommodate the new file
type. - Kevin, Nov 2000. ] */
static int
@@ -2663,8 +2663,8 @@ svr4_exec_displacement (CORE_ADDR *displacementp)
return 0;
}
- /* Verify that the auxilliary vector describes the same file as exec_bfd, by
- comparing their program headers. If the program headers in the auxilliary
+ /* Verify that the auxiliary vector describes the same file as exec_bfd, by
+ comparing their program headers. If the program headers in the auxiliary
vector do not match the program headers in the executable, then we are
looking at a different file than the one used by the kernel - for
instance, "gdb program" connected to "gdbserver :PORT ld.so program". */
@@ -3215,7 +3215,7 @@ svr4_have_link_map_offsets (void)
/* Most OS'es that have SVR4-style ELF dynamic libraries define a
`struct r_debug' and a `struct link_map' that are binary compatible
- with the origional SVR4 implementation. */
+ with the original SVR4 implementation. */
/* Fetch (and possibly build) an appropriate `struct link_map_offsets'
for an ILP32 SVR4 system. */
diff --git a/gdb/solib.c b/gdb/solib.c
index 29b25d5..1833967 100644
--- a/gdb/solib.c
+++ b/gdb/solib.c
@@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ show_solib_search_path (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
* If IS_SOLIB is non-zero:
* Look in inferior's $LD_LIBRARY_PATH.
*
- * The last check avoids doing this search when targetting remote
+ * The last check avoids doing this search when targeting remote
* machines since a sysroot will almost always be set.
*/
diff --git a/gdb/sparc-sol2-tdep.c b/gdb/sparc-sol2-tdep.c
index 36d48db..21860a9 100644
--- a/gdb/sparc-sol2-tdep.c
+++ b/gdb/sparc-sol2-tdep.c
@@ -239,7 +239,7 @@ sparc_sol2_static_transform_name (const char *name)
be incorrect in some places, at least for SPARC. The
globalization prefix is encoded into an N_OPT stab, with the form
"G=<prefix>". The globalization prefix always seems to start
- with a dollar sign '$'; a dot '.' is used as a seperator. So we
+ with a dollar sign '$'; a dot '.' is used as a separator. So we
simply strip everything up until the last dot. */
if (name[0] == '$')
diff --git a/gdb/sparc-tdep.c b/gdb/sparc-tdep.c
index 7532bc2..a415cfe 100644
--- a/gdb/sparc-tdep.c
+++ b/gdb/sparc-tdep.c
@@ -316,7 +316,7 @@ static const char *sparc32_register_names[] =
#define SPARC32_NUM_REGS ARRAY_SIZE (sparc32_register_names)
/* We provide the aliases %d0..%d30 for the floating registers as
- "psuedo" registers. */
+ "pseudo" registers. */
static const char *sparc32_pseudo_register_names[] =
{
@@ -669,7 +669,7 @@ sparc_alloc_frame_cache (void)
return cache;
}
-/* GCC generates several well-known sequences of instructions at the begining
+/* GCC generates several well-known sequences of instructions at the beginning
of each function prologue when compiling with -fstack-check. If one of
such sequences starts at START_PC, then return the address of the
instruction immediately past this sequence. Otherwise, return START_PC. */
diff --git a/gdb/sparc64-tdep.c b/gdb/sparc64-tdep.c
index 5e8f17d..43ec342 100644
--- a/gdb/sparc64-tdep.c
+++ b/gdb/sparc64-tdep.c
@@ -254,7 +254,7 @@ static const char *sparc64_register_names[] =
#define SPARC64_NUM_REGS ARRAY_SIZE (sparc64_register_names)
/* We provide the aliases %d0..%d62 and %q0..%q60 for the floating
- registers as "psuedo" registers. */
+ registers as "pseudo" registers. */
static const char *sparc64_pseudo_register_names[] =
{
@@ -630,7 +630,7 @@ sparc64_16_byte_align_p (struct type *type)
/* Store floating fields of element ELEMENT of an "parameter array"
that has type TYPE and is stored at BITPOS in VALBUF in the
- apropriate registers of REGCACHE. This function can be called
+ appropriate registers of REGCACHE. This function can be called
recursively and therefore handles floating types in addition to
structures. */
diff --git a/gdb/stabsread.c b/gdb/stabsread.c
index d72db14..9828849 100644
--- a/gdb/stabsread.c
+++ b/gdb/stabsread.c
@@ -2323,7 +2323,7 @@ read_member_functions (struct field_info *fip, char **pp, struct type *type,
if ((*pp)[0] == 'o' && (*pp)[1] == 'p' && is_cplus_marker ((*pp)[2]))
{
- /* This is a completely wierd case. In order to stuff in the
+ /* This is a completely weird case. In order to stuff in the
names that might contain colons (the usual name delimiter),
Mike Tiemann defined a different name format which is
signalled if the identifier is "op$". In that case, the
@@ -2459,7 +2459,7 @@ read_member_functions (struct field_info *fip, char **pp, struct type *type,
int nbits;
/* virtual member function, followed by index.
The sign bit is set to distinguish pointers-to-methods
- from virtual function indicies. Since the array is
+ from virtual function indices. Since the array is
in words, the quantity must be shifted left by 1
on 16 bit machine, and by 2 on 32 bit machine, forcing
the sign bit out, and usable as a valid index into
diff --git a/gdb/stabsread.h b/gdb/stabsread.h
index b938f26..55b50ba 100644
--- a/gdb/stabsread.h
+++ b/gdb/stabsread.h
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ struct objfile;
#endif
/* Hash table of global symbols whose values are not known yet.
- They are chained thru the SYMBOL_VALUE_CHAIN, since we don't
+ They are chained through the SYMBOL_VALUE_CHAIN, since we don't
have the correct data for that slot yet.
The use of the LOC_BLOCK code in this chain is nonstandard--
diff --git a/gdb/stack.c b/gdb/stack.c
index 9b4e356..5ce191a 100644
--- a/gdb/stack.c
+++ b/gdb/stack.c
@@ -218,7 +218,7 @@ print_frame_nameless_args (struct frame_info *frame, long start, int num,
read in.
Errors are printed as if they would be the parameter value. Use zeroed ARG
- iff it should not be printed accoring to user settings. */
+ iff it should not be printed according to user settings. */
static void
print_frame_arg (const struct frame_arg *arg)
diff --git a/gdb/stubs/ia64vms-stub.c b/gdb/stubs/ia64vms-stub.c
index 1655b9a..0bd3310 100644
--- a/gdb/stubs/ia64vms-stub.c
+++ b/gdb/stubs/ia64vms-stub.c
@@ -211,7 +211,7 @@ union ia64_ireg
/* Predicate registers: There are 64 of these 1-bit registers. We
define a single register which is used to communicate these values
to/from the target. We will somehow contrive to make it appear
- that IA64_PR0_REGNUM thru IA64_PR63_REGNUM hold the actual values. */
+ that IA64_PR0_REGNUM through IA64_PR63_REGNUM hold the actual values. */
#define IA64_PR_REGNUM 330
/* Instruction pointer: 64 bits wide. */
@@ -312,7 +312,7 @@ term_raw_write (const char *str, unsigned int len)
LIB$SIGNAL (status);
}
-/* Flush ther term buffer. */
+/* Flush the term buffer. */
static void
term_flush (void)
diff --git a/gdb/stubs/m32r-stub.c b/gdb/stubs/m32r-stub.c
index 4d54f72..d1d7667 100644
--- a/gdb/stubs/m32r-stub.c
+++ b/gdb/stubs/m32r-stub.c
@@ -409,7 +409,7 @@ handle_exception (int exceptionVector)
hex2mem (ptr, (unsigned char *) ®isters[regno], 4, 0);
/*
* Since we just changed a single CPU register, let's
- * make sure to keep the several stack pointers consistant.
+ * make sure to keep the several stack pointers consistent.
*/
stackmode = registers[PSW] & 0x80;
if (regno == R15) /* stack pointer changed */
@@ -975,7 +975,7 @@ isShortBranch (unsigned char *instr)
if (instr0 == 0x1E || instr0 == 0x1F) /* JL or JMP */
if ((instr[1] & 0xF0) == 0xC0)
- return 2; /* jump thru a register */
+ return 2; /* jump through a register */
if (instr0 == 0x7C || instr0 == 0x7D || /* BC, BNC, BL, BRA */
instr0 == 0x7E || instr0 == 0x7F)
@@ -1088,7 +1088,7 @@ branchDestination (unsigned char *instr, int branchCode)
case 1: /* RTE */
return registers[BPC] & ~3; /* pop BPC into PC */
case 2: /* JL or JMP */
- return registers[instr[1] & 0x0F] & ~3; /* jump thru a register */
+ return registers[instr[1] & 0x0F] & ~3; /* jump through a register */
case 3: /* BC, BNC, BL, BRA (short, 8-bit relative offset) */
return (((int) instr) & ~3) + ((char) instr[1] << 2);
case 4: /* BC, BNC, BL, BRA (long, 24-bit relative offset) */
@@ -1261,7 +1261,7 @@ struct PSWreg
/* Upon entry the value for LR to save has been pushed.
We unpush that so that the value for the stack pointer saved is correct.
Upon entry, all other registers are assumed to have not been modified
- since the interrupt/trap occured. */
+ since the interrupt/trap occurred. */
asm ("\n\
stash_registers:\n\
diff --git a/gdb/stubs/m68k-stub.c b/gdb/stubs/m68k-stub.c
index 4ef4069..41bb88d 100644
--- a/gdb/stubs/m68k-stub.c
+++ b/gdb/stubs/m68k-stub.c
@@ -486,7 +486,7 @@ _returnFromException (Frame * frame)
frame = lastFrame;
frame->frameSize = 4;
frame->format = 0;
- frame->fsaveHeader = -1; /* restore regs, but we dont have fsave info */
+ frame->fsaveHeader = -1; /* restore regs, but we don't have fsave info */
}
#if !defined (mc68020) && !defined (mc68332)
diff --git a/gdb/symfile.c b/gdb/symfile.c
index 517c277..8e3a911 100644
--- a/gdb/symfile.c
+++ b/gdb/symfile.c
@@ -372,7 +372,7 @@ init_objfile_sect_indices (struct objfile *objfile)
/* This is where things get really weird... We MUST have valid
indices for the various sect_index_* members or gdb will abort.
So if for example, there is no ".text" section, we have to
- accomodate that. First, check for a file with the standard
+ accommodate that. First, check for a file with the standard
one or two segments. */
symfile_find_segment_sections (objfile);
@@ -3117,7 +3117,7 @@ section_is_mapped (struct obj_section *osect)
if (osect->ovly_mapped == -1)
gdbarch_overlay_update (gdbarch, osect);
}
- /* fall thru to manual case */
+ /* fallthru to manual case */
case ovly_on: /* overlay debugging manual */
return osect->ovly_mapped == 1;
}
diff --git a/gdb/symtab.c b/gdb/symtab.c
index 430bc8d..ada5116 100644
--- a/gdb/symtab.c
+++ b/gdb/symtab.c
@@ -485,7 +485,7 @@ iterate_over_symtabs (const char *name,
}
}
- /* Same search rules as above apply here, but now we look thru the
+ /* Same search rules as above apply here, but now we look through the
psymtabs. */
ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
@@ -3508,7 +3508,7 @@ find_function_start_sal (struct symbol *sym, int funfirstline)
}
/* We always should have a line for the function start address.
- If we don't, something is odd. Create a plain SAL refering
+ If we don't, something is odd. Create a plain SAL referring
just the PC and hope that skip_prologue_sal (if requested)
can find a line number for after the prologue. */
if (sal.pc < BLOCK_START (SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (sym)))
diff --git a/gdb/target.c b/gdb/target.c
index 246d292..6bb5536 100644
--- a/gdb/target.c
+++ b/gdb/target.c
@@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ static int show_memory_breakpoints = 0;
/* These globals control whether GDB attempts to perform these
operations; they are useful for targets that need to prevent
- inadvertant disruption, such as in non-stop mode. */
+ inadvertent disruption, such as in non-stop mode. */
int may_write_registers = 1;
@@ -1435,7 +1435,7 @@ target_xfer_partial (struct target_ops *ops,
If an error occurs, no guarantee is made about the contents of the data at
MYADDR. In particular, the caller should not depend upon partial reads
filling the buffer with good data. There is no way for the caller to know
- how much good data might have been transfered anyway. Callers that can
+ how much good data might have been transferred anyway. Callers that can
deal with partial reads should call target_read (which will retry until
it makes no progress, and then return how much was transferred). */
diff --git a/gdb/target.h b/gdb/target.h
index a54b3db..32a0af5 100644
--- a/gdb/target.h
+++ b/gdb/target.h
@@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ enum inferior_event_type
INF_EXEC_COMPLETE,
};
\f
-/* Target objects which can be transfered using target_read,
+/* Target objects which can be transferred using target_read,
target_write, et cetera. */
enum target_object
@@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ enum target_object
TARGET_OBJECT_CODE_MEMORY,
/* Kernel Unwind Table. See "ia64-tdep.c". */
TARGET_OBJECT_UNWIND_TABLE,
- /* Transfer auxilliary vector. */
+ /* Transfer auxiliary vector. */
TARGET_OBJECT_AUXV,
/* StackGhost cookie. See "sparc-tdep.c". */
TARGET_OBJECT_WCOOKIE,
@@ -171,7 +171,7 @@ enum target_object
/* Currently loaded libraries specific to AIX systems, in XML format. */
TARGET_OBJECT_LIBRARIES_AIX,
/* Get OS specific data. The ANNEX specifies the type (running
- processes, etc.). The data being transfered is expected to follow
+ processes, etc.). The data being transferred is expected to follow
the DTD specified in features/osdata.dtd. */
TARGET_OBJECT_OSDATA,
/* Extra signal info. Usually the contents of `siginfo_t' on unix
@@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ enum target_object
/* The HP-UX shared library linkage pointer. ANNEX should be a string
image of the code address whose linkage pointer we are looking for.
- The size of the data transfered is always 8 bytes (the size of an
+ The size of the data transferred is always 8 bytes (the size of an
address on ia64). */
TARGET_OBJECT_HPUX_SOLIB_GOT,
/* Traceframe info, in XML format. */
@@ -725,7 +725,7 @@ struct target_ops
transferring if desired. This is handled in target.c.
The interface does not support a "retry" mechanism. Instead it
- assumes that at least one byte will be transfered on each
+ assumes that at least one byte will be transferred on each
successful call.
NOTE: cagney/2003-10-17: The current interface can lead to
@@ -1460,7 +1460,7 @@ void target_flash_done (void);
/* Describes a request for a memory write operation. */
struct memory_write_request
{
- /* Begining address that must be written. */
+ /* Beginning address that must be written. */
ULONGEST begin;
/* Past-the-end address. */
ULONGEST end;
diff --git a/gdb/target/waitstatus.h b/gdb/target/waitstatus.h
index fdd798f..5dd5c72 100644
--- a/gdb/target/waitstatus.h
+++ b/gdb/target/waitstatus.h
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ enum target_waitkind
should be resuming the inferior. */
TARGET_WAITKIND_SPURIOUS,
- /* An event has occured, but we should wait again.
+ /* An event has occurred, but we should wait again.
Remote_async_wait() returns this when there is an event
on the inferior, but the rest of the world is not interested in
it. The inferior has not stopped, but has just sent some output
diff --git a/gdb/testsuite/gdb.base/d10vovly.c b/gdb/testsuite/gdb.base/d10vovly.c
index bdb90fe..e4f9ae3 100644
--- a/gdb/testsuite/gdb.base/d10vovly.c
+++ b/gdb/testsuite/gdb.base/d10vovly.c
@@ -203,8 +203,8 @@ ovly_copy (unsigned long dst, unsigned long src, long size)
while (size > 0)
{
- /* NB: Transfer 4 byte (long) quantites, problems occure
- when only two bytes are transfered */
+ /* NB: Transfer 4 byte (long) quantites, problems occur
+ when only two bytes are transferred */
DMAP = dmap_src;
tmp = *s;
DMAP = dmap_dst;
diff --git a/gdb/testsuite/gdb.base/m32rovly.c b/gdb/testsuite/gdb.base/m32rovly.c
index bdb90fe..e4f9ae3 100644
--- a/gdb/testsuite/gdb.base/m32rovly.c
+++ b/gdb/testsuite/gdb.base/m32rovly.c
@@ -203,8 +203,8 @@ ovly_copy (unsigned long dst, unsigned long src, long size)
while (size > 0)
{
- /* NB: Transfer 4 byte (long) quantites, problems occure
- when only two bytes are transfered */
+ /* NB: Transfer 4 byte (long) quantites, problems occur
+ when only two bytes are transferred */
DMAP = dmap_src;
tmp = *s;
DMAP = dmap_dst;
diff --git a/gdb/testsuite/gdb.base/ovlymgr.c b/gdb/testsuite/gdb.base/ovlymgr.c
index 533606b..1b84825 100644
--- a/gdb/testsuite/gdb.base/ovlymgr.c
+++ b/gdb/testsuite/gdb.base/ovlymgr.c
@@ -220,8 +220,8 @@ ovly_copy (unsigned long dst, unsigned long src, long size)
while (size > 0)
{
- /* NB: Transfer 4 byte (long) quantites, problems occure
- when only two bytes are transfered */
+ /* NB: Transfer 4 byte (long) quantites, problems occur
+ when only two bytes are transferred */
DMAP = dmap_src;
tmp = *s;
DMAP = dmap_dst;
diff --git a/gdb/testsuite/gdb.base/scope0.c b/gdb/testsuite/gdb.base/scope0.c
index e7f4724..d2e6149 100644
--- a/gdb/testsuite/gdb.base/scope0.c
+++ b/gdb/testsuite/gdb.base/scope0.c
@@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ autovars (int bcd, int abc)
int i96 = useit (96), i97 = useit (97), i98 = useit (98);
int i99 = useit (99);
- /* Use all 100 of the local variables to derail agressive optimizers. */
+ /* Use all 100 of the local variables to derail aggressive optimizers. */
useit ( i0); useit ( i1); useit ( i2); useit ( i3); useit ( i4);
useit ( i5); useit ( i6); useit ( i7); useit ( i8); useit ( i9);
diff --git a/gdb/testsuite/gdb.base/sigrepeat.c b/gdb/testsuite/gdb.base/sigrepeat.c
index 93a4196..4fc2116 100644
--- a/gdb/testsuite/gdb.base/sigrepeat.c
+++ b/gdb/testsuite/gdb.base/sigrepeat.c
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ handler (int sig)
while (1)
{
/* Wait until a signal has become pending, that way when this
- handler returns it will be immediatly delivered leading to
+ handler returns it will be immediately delivered leading to
back-to-back signals. */
sigset_t set;
sigemptyset (&set);
diff --git a/gdb/testsuite/lib/compiler.c b/gdb/testsuite/lib/compiler.c
index 408435d..f82d09f 100755
--- a/gdb/testsuite/lib/compiler.c
+++ b/gdb/testsuite/lib/compiler.c
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ set compiler_info [join {gcc __GNUC__ __GNUC_MINOR__ "unknown"} -]
#if defined (__xlc__)
/* IBM'x xlc compiler. NOTE: __xlc__ expands to a double quoted string of four
- numbers seperated by '.'s: currently "7.0.0.0" */
+ numbers separated by '.'s: currently "7.0.0.0" */
set need_a_set [regsub -all {\.} [join {xlc __xlc__} -] - compiler_info]
#endif
diff --git a/gdb/testsuite/lib/compiler.cc b/gdb/testsuite/lib/compiler.cc
index dbe2c6f..a844851 100755
--- a/gdb/testsuite/lib/compiler.cc
+++ b/gdb/testsuite/lib/compiler.cc
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ set compiler_info [join {gcc __GNUC__ __GNUC_MINOR__ "unknown"} -]
#if defined (__xlc__)
/* IBM'x xlc compiler. NOTE: __xlc__ expands to a double quoted string of four
- numbers seperated by '.'s: currently "7.0.0.0" */
+ numbers separated by '.'s: currently "7.0.0.0" */
set need_a_set [regsub -all {\.} [join {xlc __xlc__} -] - compiler_info]
#endif
diff --git a/gdb/thread.c b/gdb/thread.c
index 57b20ff..833f5fd 100644
--- a/gdb/thread.c
+++ b/gdb/thread.c
@@ -1735,8 +1735,8 @@ tp_array_compar (const void *ap_voidp, const void *bp_voidp)
}
/* Apply a GDB command to a list of threads. List syntax is a whitespace
- seperated list of numbers, or ranges, or the keyword `all'. Ranges consist
- of two numbers seperated by a hyphen. Examples:
+ separated list of numbers, or ranges, or the keyword `all'. Ranges consist
+ of two numbers separated by a hyphen. Examples:
thread apply 1 2 7 4 backtrace Apply backtrace cmd to threads 1,2,7,4
thread apply 2-7 9 p foo(1) Apply p foo(1) cmd to threads 2->7 & 9
diff --git a/gdb/tilegx-linux-nat.c b/gdb/tilegx-linux-nat.c
index 2bf8183..1cec72b 100644
--- a/gdb/tilegx-linux-nat.c
+++ b/gdb/tilegx-linux-nat.c
@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@
/* Mapping between the general-purpose registers in `struct user'
format and GDB's register array layout. Note that we map the
- first 56 registers (0 thru 55) one-to-one. GDB maps the pc to
+ first 56 registers (0 through 55) one-to-one. GDB maps the pc to
slot 64, but ptrace returns it in slot 56. */
static const int regmap[] =
{
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ static const int regmap[] =
56, 58
};
-/* Transfering the general-purpose registers between GDB, inferiors
+/* Transferring the general-purpose registers between GDB, inferiors
and core files. */
/* Fill GDB's register array with the general-purpose register values
@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ fill_gregset (const struct regcache* regcache,
regcache_raw_collect (regcache, i, regp + regmap[i]);
}
-/* Transfering floating-point registers between GDB, inferiors and cores. */
+/* Transferring floating-point registers between GDB, inferiors and cores. */
/* Fill GDB's register array with the floating-point register values in
*FPREGSETP. */
diff --git a/gdb/tracepoint.c b/gdb/tracepoint.c
index 7435380..e7c2fc2 100644
--- a/gdb/tracepoint.c
+++ b/gdb/tracepoint.c
@@ -744,7 +744,7 @@ validate_actionline (const char *line, struct breakpoint *b)
p = strchr (p, ',');
continue;
}
- /* else fall thru, treat p as an expression and parse it! */
+ /* else fall through, treat p as an expression and parse it! */
}
tmp_p = p;
for (loc = t->base.loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
@@ -2234,7 +2234,7 @@ tfind_1 (enum trace_find_type type, int num,
if you're in a user-defined command or especially in a
loop, then you need a way to detect that the command
failed WITHOUT aborting. This allows you to write
- scripts that search thru the trace buffer until the end,
+ scripts that search through the trace buffer until the end,
and then continue on to do something else. */
if (from_tty)
diff --git a/gdb/tui/tui-file.c b/gdb/tui/tui-file.c
index 6cac1d3..00b937b 100644
--- a/gdb/tui/tui-file.c
+++ b/gdb/tui/tui-file.c
@@ -198,7 +198,7 @@ tui_file_get_strbuf (struct ui_file *file)
}
/* Adjust the length of the buffer by the amount necessary to
- accomodate appending a string of length N to the buffer
+ accommodate appending a string of length N to the buffer
contents. */
void
tui_file_adjust_strbuf (int n, struct ui_file *file)
diff --git a/gdb/tui/tui-win.c b/gdb/tui/tui-win.c
index ac4d911..0a4fb04 100644
--- a/gdb/tui/tui-win.c
+++ b/gdb/tui/tui-win.c
@@ -594,7 +594,7 @@ tui_scroll_forward (struct tui_win_info *win_to_scroll,
_num_to_scroll = win_to_scroll->generic.height - 3;
/* If we are scrolling the source or disassembly window, do a
- "psuedo" scroll since not all of the source is in memory,
+ "pseudo" scroll since not all of the source is in memory,
only what is in the viewport. If win_to_scroll is the
command window do nothing since the term should handle
it. */
@@ -619,7 +619,7 @@ tui_scroll_backward (struct tui_win_info *win_to_scroll,
_num_to_scroll = win_to_scroll->generic.height - 3;
/* If we are scrolling the source or disassembly window, do a
- "psuedo" scroll since not all of the source is in memory,
+ "pseudo" scroll since not all of the source is in memory,
only what is in the viewport. If win_to_scroll is the
command window do nothing since the term should handle
it. */
@@ -645,7 +645,7 @@ tui_scroll_left (struct tui_win_info *win_to_scroll,
_num_to_scroll = 1;
/* If we are scrolling the source or disassembly window, do a
- "psuedo" scroll since not all of the source is in memory,
+ "pseudo" scroll since not all of the source is in memory,
only what is in the viewport. If win_to_scroll is the command
window do nothing since the term should handle it. */
if (win_to_scroll == TUI_SRC_WIN
@@ -668,7 +668,7 @@ tui_scroll_right (struct tui_win_info *win_to_scroll,
_num_to_scroll = 1;
/* If we are scrolling the source or disassembly window, do a
- "psuedo" scroll since not all of the source is in memory,
+ "pseudo" scroll since not all of the source is in memory,
only what is in the viewport. If win_to_scroll is the command
window do nothing since the term should handle it. */
if (win_to_scroll == TUI_SRC_WIN
@@ -1311,7 +1311,7 @@ tui_adjust_win_heights (struct tui_win_info *primary_win_info,
second_win = (tui_source_windows ())->list[0];
}
if (primary_win_info == TUI_CMD_WIN)
- { /* Split the change in height accross the 1st & 2nd
+ { /* Split the change in height across the 1st & 2nd
windows, adjusting them as well. */
/* Subtract the locator. */
int first_split_diff = diff / 2;
@@ -1407,7 +1407,7 @@ tui_adjust_win_heights (struct tui_win_info *primary_win_info,
}
-/* Function make the target window (and auxillary windows associated
+/* Function make the target window (and auxiliary windows associated
with the targer) invisible, and set the new height and
location. */
static void
@@ -1426,7 +1426,7 @@ make_invisible_and_set_new_height (struct tui_win_info *win_info,
if (win_info != TUI_CMD_WIN)
win_info->generic.viewport_height--;
- /* Now deal with the auxillary windows associated with win_info. */
+ /* Now deal with the auxiliary windows associated with win_info. */
switch (win_info->generic.type)
{
case SRC_WIN:
diff --git a/gdb/tui/tui-wingeneral.c b/gdb/tui/tui-wingeneral.c
index 52abc3d..487781b 100644
--- a/gdb/tui/tui-wingeneral.c
+++ b/gdb/tui/tui-wingeneral.c
@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ tui_delete_win (WINDOW *window)
}
-/* Draw a border arround the window. */
+/* Draw a border around the window. */
static void
box_win (struct tui_gen_win_info *win_info,
int highlight_flag)
diff --git a/gdb/tui/tui.h b/gdb/tui/tui.h
index 5d56df0..fc1c8ef 100644
--- a/gdb/tui/tui.h
+++ b/gdb/tui/tui.h
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ enum tui_win_type
CMD_WIN,
/* This must ALWAYS be AFTER the major windows last. */
MAX_MAJOR_WINDOWS,
- /* Auxillary windows. */
+ /* Auxiliary windows. */
LOCATOR_WIN,
EXEC_INFO_WIN,
DATA_ITEM_WIN,
diff --git a/gdb/utils.c b/gdb/utils.c
index 8ca0a2e..8b32b82 100644
--- a/gdb/utils.c
+++ b/gdb/utils.c
@@ -3201,7 +3201,7 @@ make_cleanup_free_char_ptr_vec (VEC (char_ptr) *char_ptr_vec)
return make_cleanup (do_free_char_ptr_vec, char_ptr_vec);
}
-/* Substitute all occurences of string FROM by string TO in *STRINGP. *STRINGP
+/* Substitute all occurrences of string FROM by string TO in *STRINGP. *STRINGP
must come from xrealloc-compatible allocator and it may be updated. FROM
needs to be delimited by IS_DIR_SEPARATOR or DIRNAME_SEPARATOR (or be
located at the start or end of *STRINGP. */
diff --git a/gdb/v850-tdep.c b/gdb/v850-tdep.c
index d69ee32..fad1691 100644
--- a/gdb/v850-tdep.c
+++ b/gdb/v850-tdep.c
@@ -200,7 +200,7 @@ enum
E_R149_REGNUM,
E_NUM_OF_V850E2_REGS,
- /* v850e3v5 system registers, selID 1 thru 7. */
+ /* v850e3v5 system registers, selID 1 through 7. */
E_SELID_1_R0_REGNUM = E_NUM_OF_V850E2_REGS,
E_SELID_1_R31_REGNUM = E_SELID_1_R0_REGNUM + 31,
@@ -1044,7 +1044,7 @@ v850_push_dummy_call (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
/* Now load as many as possible of the first arguments into
registers, and push the rest onto the stack. There are 16 bytes
- in four registers available. Loop thru args from first to last. */
+ in four registers available. Loop through args from first to last. */
for (argnum = 0; argnum < nargs; argnum++)
{
int len;
diff --git a/gdb/valops.c b/gdb/valops.c
index 8a45641..916eb1b 100644
--- a/gdb/valops.c
+++ b/gdb/valops.c
@@ -927,7 +927,7 @@ get_value_at (struct type *type, CORE_ADDR addr, int lazy)
/* Return a value with type TYPE located at ADDR.
Call value_at only if the data needs to be fetched immediately;
- if we can be 'lazy' and defer the fetch, perhaps indefinately, call
+ if we can be 'lazy' and defer the fetch, perhaps indefinitely, call
value_at_lazy instead. value_at_lazy simply records the address of
the data and sets the lazy-evaluation-required flag. The lazy flag
is tested in the value_contents macro, which is used if and when
@@ -1266,7 +1266,7 @@ value_assign (struct value *toval, struct value *fromval)
/* We copy over the enclosing type and pointed-to offset from FROMVAL
in the case of pointer types. For object types, the enclosing type
- and embedded offset must *not* be copied: the target object refered
+ and embedded offset must *not* be copied: the target object referred
to by TOVAL retains its original dynamic type after assignment. */
if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_PTR)
{
@@ -1413,7 +1413,7 @@ value_coerce_to_target (struct value *val)
nonzero lower bound.
FIXME: A previous comment here indicated that this routine should
- be substracting the array's lower bound. It's not clear to me that
+ be subtracting the array's lower bound. It's not clear to me that
this is correct. Given an array subscripting operation, it would
certainly work to do the adjustment here, essentially computing:
diff --git a/gdb/windows-nat.c b/gdb/windows-nat.c
index 5b79f34..7339a9c 100644
--- a/gdb/windows-nat.c
+++ b/gdb/windows-nat.c
@@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ static GetConsoleFontSize_ftype *GetConsoleFontSize;
static int have_saved_context; /* True if we've saved context from a
cygwin signal. */
-static CONTEXT saved_context; /* Containes the saved context from a
+static CONTEXT saved_context; /* Contains the saved context from a
cygwin signal. */
/* If we're not using the old Cygwin header file set, define the
diff --git a/gdb/xtensa-tdep.c b/gdb/xtensa-tdep.c
index e47c90a..469b9f1 100644
--- a/gdb/xtensa-tdep.c
+++ b/gdb/xtensa-tdep.c
@@ -575,7 +575,7 @@ xtensa_pseudo_register_read (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
if (regnum >= 0 && regnum < gdbarch_num_regs (gdbarch))
return regcache_raw_read (regcache, regnum, buffer);
- /* We have to find out how to deal with priveleged registers.
+ /* We have to find out how to deal with privileged registers.
Let's treat them as pseudo-registers, but we cannot read/write them. */
else if (regnum < gdbarch_tdep (gdbarch)->a0_base)
@@ -668,7 +668,7 @@ xtensa_pseudo_register_write (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
if (regnum >= 0 && regnum < gdbarch_num_regs (gdbarch))
regcache_raw_write (regcache, regnum, buffer);
- /* We have to find out how to deal with priveleged registers.
+ /* We have to find out how to deal with privileged registers.
Let's treat them as pseudo-registers, but we cannot read/write them. */
else if (regnum < gdbarch_tdep (gdbarch)->a0_base)
@@ -3162,7 +3162,7 @@ xtensa_derive_tdep (struct gdbarch_tdep *tdep)
max_size = rmap->byte_size;
if (rmap->mask != 0 && tdep->num_regs == 0)
tdep->num_regs = n;
- /* Find out out how to deal with priveleged registers.
+ /* Find out out how to deal with privileged registers.
if ((rmap->flags & XTENSA_REGISTER_FLAGS_PRIVILEGED) != 0
&& tdep->num_nopriv_regs == 0)
--
2.7.4
^ permalink raw reply [flat|nested] 21+ messages in thread* [PATCH 09/17] Fix spelling in comments in XML files (gdb)
2016-11-25 19:48 [PATCH 00/17] Fix spelling mistakes in comments - GDB Ambrogino Modigliani
` (11 preceding siblings ...)
2016-11-25 19:48 ` [PATCH 02/17] Fix spelling in comments in C source files (gdb) Ambrogino Modigliani
@ 2016-11-25 19:48 ` Ambrogino Modigliani
2016-11-25 19:48 ` [PATCH 15/17] Fix spelling in comments in .opc files (cpu) Ambrogino Modigliani
` (3 subsequent siblings)
16 siblings, 0 replies; 21+ messages in thread
From: Ambrogino Modigliani @ 2016-11-25 19:48 UTC (permalink / raw)
To: gdb-patches, pedro_alves, ambrogino.modigliani, ambrogino.modigliani
gdb/ChangeLog:
* features/rs6000/powerpc-601.xml: Fix spelling in comments.
* features/rs6000/rs6000.xml: Fix spelling in comments.
---
gdb/features/rs6000/powerpc-601.xml | 2 +-
gdb/features/rs6000/rs6000.xml | 4 ++--
2 files changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-)
diff --git a/gdb/features/rs6000/powerpc-601.xml b/gdb/features/rs6000/powerpc-601.xml
index f1da9f9..d1ca6ef 100644
--- a/gdb/features/rs6000/powerpc-601.xml
+++ b/gdb/features/rs6000/powerpc-601.xml
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
<!DOCTYPE target SYSTEM "gdb-target.dtd">
<target>
<!-- This description is slightly different from the standard
- org.gnu.gdb.power.core, to accomodate mq. -->
+ org.gnu.gdb.power.core, to accommodate mq. -->
<feature name="org.gnu.gdb.power.core">
<reg name="r0" bitsize="32"/>
<reg name="r1" bitsize="32"/>
diff --git a/gdb/features/rs6000/rs6000.xml b/gdb/features/rs6000/rs6000.xml
index fc450a4..0572aed 100644
--- a/gdb/features/rs6000/rs6000.xml
+++ b/gdb/features/rs6000/rs6000.xml
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
<architecture>rs6000:6000</architecture>
<!-- This description is slightly different from the standard
- org.gnu.gdb.power.core, to accomodate mq, cnd, and cnt. -->
+ org.gnu.gdb.power.core, to accommodate mq, cnd, and cnt. -->
<feature name="org.gnu.gdb.power.core">
<reg name="r0" bitsize="32"/>
<reg name="r1" bitsize="32"/>
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@
</feature>
<!-- This description is slightly different from the standard
- org.gnu.gdb.power.core, to accomodate historical numbering
+ org.gnu.gdb.power.core, to accommodate historical numbering
for fpscr. -->
<feature name="org.gnu.gdb.power.fpu">
<reg name="f0" bitsize="64" type="ieee_double" regnum="32"/>
--
2.7.4
^ permalink raw reply [flat|nested] 21+ messages in thread* [PATCH 15/17] Fix spelling in comments in .opc files (cpu)
2016-11-25 19:48 [PATCH 00/17] Fix spelling mistakes in comments - GDB Ambrogino Modigliani
` (12 preceding siblings ...)
2016-11-25 19:48 ` [PATCH 09/17] Fix spelling in comments in XML " Ambrogino Modigliani
@ 2016-11-25 19:48 ` Ambrogino Modigliani
2016-11-25 19:48 ` [PATCH 16/17] Fix spelling in comments in .opc files (opcodes) Ambrogino Modigliani
` (2 subsequent siblings)
16 siblings, 0 replies; 21+ messages in thread
From: Ambrogino Modigliani @ 2016-11-25 19:48 UTC (permalink / raw)
To: gdb-patches, pedro_alves, ambrogino.modigliani, ambrogino.modigliani
cpu/ChangeLog:
* frv.opc: Fix spelling in comments.
* mep.opc: Fix spelling in comments.
---
cpu/frv.opc | 2 +-
cpu/mep.opc | 4 ++--
2 files changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-)
diff --git a/cpu/frv.opc b/cpu/frv.opc
index 869155d..2c23b07 100644
--- a/cpu/frv.opc
+++ b/cpu/frv.opc
@@ -488,7 +488,7 @@ match_vliw (VLIW_COMBO *vliw1, VLIW_COMBO *vliw2, int vliw_size)
return TRUE;
}
-/* Find the next vliw vliw in the table that can accomodate the new insn.
+/* Find the next vliw vliw in the table that can accommodate the new insn.
If one is found then return it. Otherwise return NULL. */
static VLIW_COMBO *
diff --git a/cpu/mep.opc b/cpu/mep.opc
index 7ed3ea8..2b59392 100644
--- a/cpu/mep.opc
+++ b/cpu/mep.opc
@@ -1163,7 +1163,7 @@ mep_examine_vliw32_insns (CGEN_CPU_DESC cd, bfd_vma pc, disassemble_info *info)
cop1buflength = 2;
}
- /* Now we have the distrubution set. Print them out. */
+ /* Now we have the distribution set. Print them out. */
status = mep_print_vliw_insns (cd, pc, info, buf, corebuflength,
cop1buflength, cop2buflength);
@@ -1252,7 +1252,7 @@ mep_examine_vliw64_insns (CGEN_CPU_DESC cd, bfd_vma pc, disassemble_info *info)
cop1buflength = 6;
}
- /* Now we have the distrubution set. Print them out. */
+ /* Now we have the distribution set. Print them out. */
status = mep_print_vliw_insns (cd, pc, info, buf, corebuflength,
cop1buflength, cop2buflength);
--
2.7.4
^ permalink raw reply [flat|nested] 21+ messages in thread* [PATCH 16/17] Fix spelling in comments in .opc files (opcodes)
2016-11-25 19:48 [PATCH 00/17] Fix spelling mistakes in comments - GDB Ambrogino Modigliani
` (13 preceding siblings ...)
2016-11-25 19:48 ` [PATCH 15/17] Fix spelling in comments in .opc files (cpu) Ambrogino Modigliani
@ 2016-11-25 19:48 ` Ambrogino Modigliani
2016-11-25 19:48 ` [PATCH 03/17] Fix spelling in comments in C source files (include) Ambrogino Modigliani
2016-11-25 19:48 ` [PATCH 14/17] Fix spelling in comments in .m4 files (config) Ambrogino Modigliani
16 siblings, 0 replies; 21+ messages in thread
From: Ambrogino Modigliani @ 2016-11-25 19:48 UTC (permalink / raw)
To: gdb-patches, pedro_alves, ambrogino.modigliani, ambrogino.modigliani
opcodes/ChangeLog:
* msp430-decode.opc: Fix spelling in comments.
---
opcodes/msp430-decode.opc | 2 +-
1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)
diff --git a/opcodes/msp430-decode.opc b/opcodes/msp430-decode.opc
index 9428467..9185637 100644
--- a/opcodes/msp430-decode.opc
+++ b/opcodes/msp430-decode.opc
@@ -346,7 +346,7 @@ msp430_decode_opcode (unsigned long pc,
post_extension_word:
;
- /* 430X extention word. */
+ /* 430X extension word. */
/** 0001 1srx t l 00 dsxt 430x */
al_bit = l;
--
2.7.4
^ permalink raw reply [flat|nested] 21+ messages in thread* [PATCH 03/17] Fix spelling in comments in C source files (include)
2016-11-25 19:48 [PATCH 00/17] Fix spelling mistakes in comments - GDB Ambrogino Modigliani
` (14 preceding siblings ...)
2016-11-25 19:48 ` [PATCH 16/17] Fix spelling in comments in .opc files (opcodes) Ambrogino Modigliani
@ 2016-11-25 19:48 ` Ambrogino Modigliani
2016-11-25 21:15 ` Joseph Myers
2016-11-25 19:48 ` [PATCH 14/17] Fix spelling in comments in .m4 files (config) Ambrogino Modigliani
16 siblings, 1 reply; 21+ messages in thread
From: Ambrogino Modigliani @ 2016-11-25 19:48 UTC (permalink / raw)
To: gdb-patches, pedro_alves, ambrogino.modigliani, ambrogino.modigliani
include/ChangeLog:
* ansidecl.h: Fix spelling in comments.
* aout/aout64.h: Fix spelling in comments.
* aout/encap.h: Fix spelling in comments.
* aout/ranlib.h: Fix spelling in comments.
* coff/internal.h: Fix spelling in comments.
* coff/sym.h: Fix spelling in comments.
* coff/xcoff.h: Fix spelling in comments.
* elf/common.h: Fix spelling in comments.
* elf/ia64.h: Fix spelling in comments.
* elf/metag.h: Fix spelling in comments.
* elf/nds32.h: Fix spelling in comments.
* gdb/callback.h: Fix spelling in comments.
* gdb/remote-sim.h: Fix spelling in comments.
* mach-o/arm.h: Fix spelling in comments.
* opcode/alpha.h: Fix spelling in comments.
* opcode/arc.h: Fix spelling in comments.
* opcode/hppa.h: Fix spelling in comments.
* opcode/ppc.h: Fix spelling in comments.
* opcode/tic4x.h: Fix spelling in comments.
* opcode/tic6x-insn-formats.h: Fix spelling in comments.
* opcode/tic80.h: Fix spelling in comments.
* safe-ctype.h: Fix spelling in comments.
* splay-tree.h: Fix spelling in comments.
---
include/ansidecl.h | 2 +-
include/aout/aout64.h | 2 +-
include/aout/encap.h | 2 +-
include/aout/ranlib.h | 2 +-
include/coff/internal.h | 4 ++--
include/coff/sym.h | 12 ++++++------
include/coff/xcoff.h | 4 ++--
include/elf/common.h | 18 +++++++++---------
include/elf/ia64.h | 2 +-
include/elf/metag.h | 2 +-
include/elf/nds32.h | 2 +-
include/gdb/callback.h | 2 +-
include/gdb/remote-sim.h | 14 +++++++-------
include/mach-o/arm.h | 2 +-
include/opcode/alpha.h | 4 ++--
include/opcode/arc.h | 2 +-
include/opcode/hppa.h | 2 +-
include/opcode/ppc.h | 2 +-
include/opcode/tic4x.h | 10 +++++-----
include/opcode/tic6x-insn-formats.h | 2 +-
include/opcode/tic80.h | 2 +-
include/safe-ctype.h | 2 +-
include/splay-tree.h | 2 +-
23 files changed, 49 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-)
diff --git a/include/ansidecl.h b/include/ansidecl.h
index 0c71685..1b35752 100644
--- a/include/ansidecl.h
+++ b/include/ansidecl.h
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/* ANSI and traditional C compatability macros
+/* ANSI and traditional C compatibility macros
Copyright (C) 1991-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of the GNU C Library.
diff --git a/include/aout/aout64.h b/include/aout/aout64.h
index 2aed5bd..4d93124 100644
--- a/include/aout/aout64.h
+++ b/include/aout/aout64.h
@@ -492,7 +492,7 @@ enum reloc_type
RELOC_DISP14, /* data[0:13] = addend - pc + sv */
/* Q .
What are the other ones,
- Since this is a clean slate, can we throw away the ones we dont
+ Since this is a clean slate, can we throw away the ones we don't
understand ? Should we sort the values ? What about using a
microcode format like the 68k ? */
NO_RELOC
diff --git a/include/aout/encap.h b/include/aout/encap.h
index 4962875..10afdbc 100644
--- a/include/aout/encap.h
+++ b/include/aout/encap.h
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
* A normal bsd header (struct exec) is placed after the coff headers,
* and before the real text. I defined a the new fields 'a_machtype'
* and a_flags. If a_machtype is M_386, and a_flags & A_ENCAP is
- * true, then the bsd header is preceeded by a coff header. Macros
+ * true, then the bsd header is preceded by a coff header. Macros
* like N_TXTOFF and N_TXTADDR use this field to find the bsd header.
*
* The only problem is to track down the bsd exec header. The
diff --git a/include/aout/ranlib.h b/include/aout/ranlib.h
index 8aab973..c1b20b6 100644
--- a/include/aout/ranlib.h
+++ b/include/aout/ranlib.h
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ struct symdef
unsigned long file_offset;
};
-/* Compatability with BSD code */
+/* Compatibility with BSD code */
#define ranlib symdef
#define ran_un s
diff --git a/include/coff/internal.h b/include/coff/internal.h
index 885ac16..fe0f3f6 100644
--- a/include/coff/internal.h
+++ b/include/coff/internal.h
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ struct internal_filehdr
/* coff-stgo32 EXE stub header before BFD tdata has been allocated.
Its data is kept in INTERNAL_FILEHDR.GO32STUB afterwards.
- F_GO32STUB is set iff go32stub contains a valid data. Artifical headers
+ F_GO32STUB is set iff go32stub contains a valid data. Artificial headers
created in BFD have no pre-set go32stub. */
char go32stub[GO32_STUBSIZE];
@@ -390,7 +390,7 @@ struct internal_aouthdr
#define C_THUMBEXTFUNC (C_THUMBEXT + 20) /* 150 */
#define C_THUMBSTATFUNC (C_THUMBSTAT + 20) /* 151 */
-/* True if XCOFF symbols of class CLASS have auxillary csect information. */
+/* True if XCOFF symbols of class CLASS have auxiliary csect information. */
#define CSECT_SYM_P(CLASS) \
((CLASS) == C_EXT || (CLASS) == C_AIX_WEAKEXT || (CLASS) == C_HIDEXT)
diff --git a/include/coff/sym.h b/include/coff/sym.h
index 76204af..8441401 100644
--- a/include/coff/sym.h
+++ b/include/coff/sym.h
@@ -76,8 +76,8 @@ typedef struct {
bfd_vma cbSymOffset; /* offset to start of local symbols*/
long ioptMax; /* max index into optimization symbol entries */
bfd_vma cbOptOffset; /* offset to optimization symbol entries */
- long iauxMax; /* number of auxillary symbol entries */
- bfd_vma cbAuxOffset; /* offset to start of auxillary symbol entries*/
+ long iauxMax; /* number of auxiliary symbol entries */
+ bfd_vma cbAuxOffset; /* offset to start of auxiliary symbol entries*/
long issMax; /* max index into local strings */
bfd_vma cbSsOffset; /* offset to start of local strings */
long issExtMax; /* max index into external strings */
@@ -315,7 +315,7 @@ typedef struct {
/*
- * Auxillary information occurs only if needed.
+ * Auxiliary information occurs only if needed.
* It ALWAYS occurs in this order when present.
isymMac used by stProc only
@@ -369,7 +369,7 @@ typedef struct {
unsigned ot: 8; /* optimization type */
unsigned value: 24; /* address where we are moving it to */
RNDXR rndx; /* points to a symbol or opt entry */
- unsigned long offset; /* relative offset this occured */
+ unsigned long offset; /* relative offset this occurred */
} OPTR, *pOPTR;
#define optNil ((pOPTR) 0)
#define cbOPTR sizeof(OPTR)
@@ -419,10 +419,10 @@ typedef long FIT, *pFIT;
/* Dense numbers
*
* Rather than use file index, symbol index pairs to represent symbols
- * and globals, we use dense number so that they can be easily embeded
+ * and globals, we use dense number so that they can be easily embedded
* in intermediate code and the programs that process them can
* use direct access tabls instead of hash table (which would be
- * necesary otherwise because of the sparse name space caused by
+ * necessary otherwise because of the sparse name space caused by
* file index, symbol index pairs. Dense number are represented
* by RNDXRs.
*/
diff --git a/include/coff/xcoff.h b/include/coff/xcoff.h
index 4dde058..9f4bead 100644
--- a/include/coff/xcoff.h
+++ b/include/coff/xcoff.h
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@
#define STYP_LOADER 0x1000
/* Specifies an exception section. A section of this type provides
- information to identify the reason that a trap or ececptin occured within
+ information to identify the reason that a trap or exception occurred within
and executable object program */
#define STYP_EXCEPT 0x0100
@@ -137,7 +137,7 @@
/* Dwarf symbol. */
#define C_DWARF 112
-/* Auxillary Symbol Entries */
+/* Auxiliary Symbol Entries */
/* x_smtyp values: */
#define SMTYP_ALIGN(x) ((x) >> 3) /* log2 of alignment */
diff --git a/include/elf/common.h b/include/elf/common.h
index da79613..8b52d4d 100644
--- a/include/elf/common.h
+++ b/include/elf/common.h
@@ -357,19 +357,19 @@
/* Old, unofficial value for National Semiconductor CompactRISC - CR16 */
#define EM_CR16_OLD 115
-/* AVR magic number. Written in the absense of an ABI. */
+/* AVR magic number. Written in the absence of an ABI. */
#define EM_AVR_OLD 0x1057
-/* MSP430 magic number. Written in the absense of everything. */
+/* MSP430 magic number. Written in the absence of everything. */
#define EM_MSP430_OLD 0x1059
-/* Morpho MT. Written in the absense of an ABI. */
+/* Morpho MT. Written in the absence of an ABI. */
#define EM_MT 0x2530
/* FR30 magic number - no EABI available. */
#define EM_CYGNUS_FR30 0x3330
-/* DLX magic number. Written in the absense of an ABI. */
+/* DLX magic number. Written in the absence of an ABI. */
#define EM_DLX 0x5aa5
/* FRV magic number - no EABI available??. */
@@ -384,7 +384,7 @@
/* D30V backend magic number. Written in the absence of an ABI. */
#define EM_CYGNUS_D30V 0x7676
-/* Ubicom IP2xxx; Written in the absense of an ABI. */
+/* Ubicom IP2xxx; Written in the absence of an ABI. */
#define EM_IP2K_OLD 0x8217
/* Cygnus PowerPC ELF backend. Written in the absence of an ABI. */
@@ -396,7 +396,7 @@
/* Cygnus M32R ELF backend. Written in the absence of an ABI. */
#define EM_CYGNUS_M32R 0x9041
-/* V850 backend magic number. Written in the absense of an ABI. */
+/* V850 backend magic number. Written in the absence of an ABI. */
#define EM_CYGNUS_V850 0x9080
/* old S/390 backend magic number. Written in the absence of an ABI. */
@@ -408,7 +408,7 @@
#define EM_XSTORMY16 0xad45
/* mn10200 and mn10300 backend magic numbers.
- Written in the absense of an ABI. */
+ Written in the absence of an ABI. */
#define EM_CYGNUS_MN10300 0xbeef
#define EM_CYGNUS_MN10200 0xdead
@@ -494,7 +494,7 @@
#define SHT_FINI_ARRAY 15 /* Array of ptrs to finish functions */
#define SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY 16 /* Array of ptrs to pre-init funcs */
#define SHT_GROUP 17 /* Section contains a section group */
-#define SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX 18 /* Indicies for SHN_XINDEX entries */
+#define SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX 18 /* Indices for SHN_XINDEX entries */
#define SHT_LOOS 0x60000000 /* First of OS specific semantics */
#define SHT_HIOS 0x6fffffff /* Last of OS specific semantics */
@@ -816,7 +816,7 @@
DT_VALRNGHI) and virtual address range (DT_ADDRRNGLO to DT_ADDRRNGHI),
are used on Solaris. We support them everywhere. Note these values
lie outside of the (new) range for OS specific values. This is a
- deliberate special case and we maintain it for backwards compatability.
+ deliberate special case and we maintain it for backwards compatibility.
*/
#define DT_VALRNGLO 0x6ffffd00
#define DT_GNU_PRELINKED 0x6ffffdf5
diff --git a/include/elf/ia64.h b/include/elf/ia64.h
index 6b410a3..edc294c 100644
--- a/include/elf/ia64.h
+++ b/include/elf/ia64.h
@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@
/* The section contains the dwarf-3 string table. */
#define SHT_IA_64_VMS_DEBUG_STR 0x60000003
/* The section contains linkage information to perform consistency checking
- accross object modules. */
+ across object modules. */
#define SHT_IA_64_VMS_LINKAGES 0x60000004
/* The section allows the symbol vector in an image to be location through
the section table. */
diff --git a/include/elf/metag.h b/include/elf/metag.h
index 8787f7f..7bc4d0e 100644
--- a/include/elf/metag.h
+++ b/include/elf/metag.h
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ START_RELOC_NUMBERS (elf_metag_reloc_type)
RELOC_NUMBER (R_METAG_RELBRANCH, 4)
RELOC_NUMBER (R_METAG_GETSETOFF, 5)
- /* Backward compatability */
+ /* Backward compatibility */
RELOC_NUMBER (R_METAG_REG32OP1, 6)
RELOC_NUMBER (R_METAG_REG32OP2, 7)
RELOC_NUMBER (R_METAG_REG32OP3, 8)
diff --git a/include/elf/nds32.h b/include/elf/nds32.h
index 7279ca0..02d862e 100644
--- a/include/elf/nds32.h
+++ b/include/elf/nds32.h
@@ -242,7 +242,7 @@ END_RELOC_NUMBERS (R_NDS32_max)
#define E_NDS32_HAS_SATURATION_INST 0x00020000 /* v3, ELF 1.4. */
/* Encription instructions. */
#define E_NDS32_HAS_ENCRIPT_INST 0x00040000
-/* Doulbe Precision Floating point processor instructions. */
+/* Double Precision Floating point processor instructions. */
#define E_NDS32_HAS_FPU_DP_INST 0x00080000
/* No MAC instruction used. */
#define E_NDS32_HAS_NO_MAC_INST 0x00100000 /* Reclaimed when V2/V3. */
diff --git a/include/gdb/callback.h b/include/gdb/callback.h
index 9459129..b036e4f 100644
--- a/include/gdb/callback.h
+++ b/include/gdb/callback.h
@@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ struct host_callback_struct
non-empty. */
void (*pipe_nonempty) (host_callback *, int read_fd, int write_fd);
- /* When present, call to the client to give it the oportunity to
+ /* When present, call to the client to give it the opportunity to
poll any io devices for a request to quit (indicated by a nonzero
return value). */
int (*poll_quit) (host_callback *);
diff --git a/include/gdb/remote-sim.h b/include/gdb/remote-sim.h
index fc12898..addf400 100644
--- a/include/gdb/remote-sim.h
+++ b/include/gdb/remote-sim.h
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ SIM_DESC sim_open (SIM_OPEN_KIND kind, struct host_callback_struct *callback,
struct bfd *abfd, char * const *argv);
-/* Destory a simulator instance.
+/* Destroy a simulator instance.
QUITTING is non-zero if we cannot hang on errors.
@@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ void sim_close (SIM_DESC sd, int quitting);
FIXME: For some hardware targets, before a loaded program can be
executed, it requires the manipulation of VM registers and tables.
- Such manipulation should probably (?) occure in
+ Such manipulation should probably (?) occur in
sim_create_inferior. */
SIM_RC sim_load (SIM_DESC sd, const char *prog, struct bfd *abfd, int from_tty);
@@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ SIM_RC sim_load (SIM_DESC sd, const char *prog, struct bfd *abfd, int from_tty);
Hardware simulator: This function shall initialize the processor
registers to a known value. The program counter and possibly stack
pointer shall be set using information obtained from ABFD (or
- hardware reset defaults). ARGV and ENV, dependant on the target
+ hardware reset defaults). ARGV and ENV, dependent on the target
ABI, may be written to memory.
Process simulator: After a call to this function, a new process
@@ -186,7 +186,7 @@ int sim_write (SIM_DESC sd, SIM_ADDR mem, const unsigned char *buf, int length);
Legacy implementations ignore LENGTH and always return -1.
- If LENGTH does not match the size of REGNO no data is transfered
+ If LENGTH does not match the size of REGNO no data is transferred
(the actual register size is still returned). */
int sim_fetch_register (SIM_DESC sd, int regno, unsigned char *buf, int length);
@@ -228,7 +228,7 @@ void sim_info (SIM_DESC sd, int verbose);
indicated by that signal. If a value of zero is passed in then the
simulation will continue as if there were no outstanding signal.
The effect of any other SIGGNAL value is is implementation
- dependant.
+ dependent.
Process simulator: If SIGRC is non-zero then the corresponding
signal is delivered to the simulated program and execution is then
@@ -248,7 +248,7 @@ int sim_stop (SIM_DESC sd);
/* Fetch the REASON why the program stopped.
SIM_EXITED: The program has terminated. SIGRC indicates the target
- dependant exit status.
+ dependent exit status.
SIM_STOPPED: The program has stopped. SIGRC uses the host's signal
numbering as a way of identifying the reaon: program interrupted by
@@ -258,7 +258,7 @@ int sim_stop (SIM_DESC sd);
undefined memory region (SIGSEGV); Mis-aligned memory access
(SIGBUS). For some signals information in addition to the signal
number may be retained by the simulator (e.g. offending address),
- that information is not directly accessable via this interface.
+ that information is not directly accessible via this interface.
SIM_SIGNALLED: The program has been terminated by a signal. The
simulator has encountered target code that causes the the program
diff --git a/include/mach-o/arm.h b/include/mach-o/arm.h
index 39f9214..26f2930 100644
--- a/include/mach-o/arm.h
+++ b/include/mach-o/arm.h
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@
/* ARM relocations. */
#define BFD_MACH_O_ARM_RELOC_VANILLA 0 /* Generic relocation. */
#define BFD_MACH_O_ARM_RELOC_PAIR 1 /* Second entry in a pair. */
-#define BFD_MACH_O_ARM_RELOC_SECTDIFF 2 /* Substract with a PAIR. */
+#define BFD_MACH_O_ARM_RELOC_SECTDIFF 2 /* Subtract with a PAIR. */
#define BFD_MACH_O_ARM_RELOC_LOCAL_SECTDIFF 3 /* Like above, but local ref. */
#define BFD_MACH_O_ARM_RELOC_PB_LA_PTR 4 /* Prebound lazy pointer. */
#define BFD_MACH_O_ARM_RELOC_BR24 5 /* 24bit branch. */
diff --git a/include/opcode/alpha.h b/include/opcode/alpha.h
index 747660e..a0cee82 100644
--- a/include/opcode/alpha.h
+++ b/include/opcode/alpha.h
@@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ extern const unsigned alpha_num_operands;
instructions which want their operands to look like "Ra,disp(Rb)". */
#define AXP_OPERAND_PARENS 02
-/* Used in combination with PARENS, this supresses the supression of
+/* Used in combination with PARENS, this suppresses the supression of
the comma. This is used for "jmp Ra,(Rb),hint". */
#define AXP_OPERAND_COMMA 04
@@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ extern const unsigned alpha_num_operands;
a flags value of 0 can be treated as end-of-arguments. */
#define AXP_OPERAND_UNSIGNED 0200
-/* Supress overflow detection on this field. This is used for hints. */
+/* Suppress overflow detection on this field. This is used for hints. */
#define AXP_OPERAND_NOOVERFLOW 0400
/* Mask for optional argument default value. */
diff --git a/include/opcode/arc.h b/include/opcode/arc.h
index 2214b2f..954746a 100644
--- a/include/opcode/arc.h
+++ b/include/opcode/arc.h
@@ -317,7 +317,7 @@ extern const unsigned arc_NToperand;
/* Don't check the range when matching. */
#define ARC_OPERAND_NCHK 0x0800
-/* Mark the braket possition. */
+/* Mark the braket position. */
#define ARC_OPERAND_BRAKET 0x1000
/* Address type operand for NPS400. */
diff --git a/include/opcode/hppa.h b/include/opcode/hppa.h
index 2dcc8bc..6d686da 100644
--- a/include/opcode/hppa.h
+++ b/include/opcode/hppa.h
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
*/
/* There are two kinds of delay slot nullification: normal which is
- * controled by the nullification bit, and conditional, which depends
+ * controlled by the nullification bit, and conditional, which depends
* on the direction of the branch and its success or failure.
*
* NONE is unfortunately #defined in the hiux system include files.
diff --git a/include/opcode/ppc.h b/include/opcode/ppc.h
index a9dc50d..5ca53ae 100644
--- a/include/opcode/ppc.h
+++ b/include/opcode/ppc.h
@@ -405,7 +405,7 @@ extern const unsigned int num_powerpc_operands;
/* This flag is only used with PPC_OPERAND_OPTIONAL. If this operand
is omitted, then the value it should use for the operand is stored
- in the SHIFT field of the immediatly following operand field. */
+ in the SHIFT field of the immediately following operand field. */
#define PPC_OPERAND_OPTIONAL_VALUE (0x400000)
/* This flag is only used with PPC_OPERAND_OPTIONAL. The operand is
diff --git a/include/opcode/tic4x.h b/include/opcode/tic4x.h
index b4209a1..1287699 100644
--- a/include/opcode/tic4x.h
+++ b/include/opcode/tic4x.h
@@ -519,7 +519,7 @@ typedef struct tic4x_inst tic4x_inst_t;
Instr: 1/1 - CALLc, C4X: LAJc
*/
-/* LL: Load-load parallell operation
+/* LL: Load-load parallel operation
Syntax: <i> src2, dst2 || <i> src1, dst1
src1 = Indirect 0,1,IR0,IR1 (J)
dst1 = Register 0-7 (K)
@@ -533,7 +533,7 @@ typedef struct tic4x_inst tic4x_inst_t;
{ name "2_" name "1", opcode, 0xfe000000, "i;L|J,K", level }, \
{ name "1_" name "2", opcode, 0xfe000000, "J,K|i;L", level }
-/* LS: Store-store parallell operation
+/* LS: Store-store parallel operation
Syntax: <i> src2, dst2 || <i> src1, dst1
src1 = Register 0-7 (H)
dst1 = Indirect 0,1,IR0,IR1 (J)
@@ -613,7 +613,7 @@ typedef struct tic4x_inst tic4x_inst_t;
{ nameb "3_" namea "3", opcode|0x03000000, 0xff000000, "i;H;M|j;K;N", level }, \
{ nameb "3_" namea "3", opcode|0x03000000, 0xff000000, "i;H;M|K;j;N", level }
-/* P: General 2-operand operation with parallell store
+/* P: General 2-operand operation with parallel store
Syntax: <ia> src2, dst1 || <ib> src3, dst2
src2 = Indirect 0,1,IR0,IR1, ENH: register (i)
dst1 = Register 0-7 (L)
@@ -628,7 +628,7 @@ typedef struct tic4x_inst tic4x_inst_t;
{ namea "_" nameb, opcode, 0xfe000000, "i;L|H,J", level }, \
{ nameb "_" namea, opcode, 0xfe000000, "H,J|i;L", level }
-/* Q: General 3-operand operation with parallell store
+/* Q: General 3-operand operation with parallel store
Syntax: <ia> src1, src2, dst1 || <ib> src3, dst2
src1 = Register 0-7 (K)
src2 = Indirect 0,1,IR0,IR1, ENH: register (i)
@@ -644,7 +644,7 @@ typedef struct tic4x_inst tic4x_inst_t;
{ namea "3_" nameb , opcode, 0xfe000000, "K,i;L|H,J", level }, \
{ nameb "_" namea "3", opcode, 0xfe000000, "H,J|K,i;L", level }
-/* QC: General commutative 3-operand operation with parallell store
+/* QC: General commutative 3-operand operation with parallel store
Syntax: <ia> src2, src1, dst1 || <ib> src3, dst2
<ia> src1, src2, dst1 || <ib> src3, dst2 - Manual
src1 = Register 0-7 (K)
diff --git a/include/opcode/tic6x-insn-formats.h b/include/opcode/tic6x-insn-formats.h
index f93142f..9db8e0a 100644
--- a/include/opcode/tic6x-insn-formats.h
+++ b/include/opcode/tic6x-insn-formats.h
@@ -552,7 +552,7 @@ FMT(nfu_uspl, 16, 0x0c66, 0xbc7e,
/* make up some fields to pretend to have s and z fields s for this format
so as to fit in other predicated compact instruction to avoid special-
casing this instruction in tic6x-dis.c
- use op field as a predicate adress register selector (s field)
+ use op field as a predicate address register selector (s field)
use the first zeroed bit as a z value as this insn only supports [a0]
and [b0] predicate forms.
*/
diff --git a/include/opcode/tic80.h b/include/opcode/tic80.h
index 510da05..a8b13b3 100644
--- a/include/opcode/tic80.h
+++ b/include/opcode/tic80.h
@@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ extern const struct tic80_operand tic80_operands[];
#define TIC80_OPERAND_PCREL (1 << 5)
-/* This flag is a hint to the disassembler for using hex as the prefered
+/* This flag is a hint to the disassembler for using hex as the preferred
printing format, even for small positive or negative immediate values.
Normally values in the range -999 to 999 are printed as signed decimal
values and other values are printed in hex. */
diff --git a/include/safe-ctype.h b/include/safe-ctype.h
index a1118be..5aaf0f3 100644
--- a/include/safe-ctype.h
+++ b/include/safe-ctype.h
@@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ extern const unsigned char _sch_tolower[256];
#define TOUPPER(c) _sch_toupper[(c) & 0xff]
#define TOLOWER(c) _sch_tolower[(c) & 0xff]
-/* Prevent the users of safe-ctype.h from accidently using the routines
+/* Prevent the users of safe-ctype.h from accidentally using the routines
from ctype.h. Initially, the approach was to produce an error when
detecting that ctype.h has been included. But this was causing
trouble as ctype.h might get indirectly included as a result of
diff --git a/include/splay-tree.h b/include/splay-tree.h
index 0eef3fa..6cf639b 100644
--- a/include/splay-tree.h
+++ b/include/splay-tree.h
@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ struct splay_tree_s {
/* The root of the tree. */
splay_tree_node root;
- /* The comparision function. */
+ /* The comparison function. */
splay_tree_compare_fn comp;
/* The deallocate-key function. NULL if no cleanup is necessary. */
--
2.7.4
^ permalink raw reply [flat|nested] 21+ messages in thread* [PATCH 14/17] Fix spelling in comments in .m4 files (config)
2016-11-25 19:48 [PATCH 00/17] Fix spelling mistakes in comments - GDB Ambrogino Modigliani
` (15 preceding siblings ...)
2016-11-25 19:48 ` [PATCH 03/17] Fix spelling in comments in C source files (include) Ambrogino Modigliani
@ 2016-11-25 19:48 ` Ambrogino Modigliani
16 siblings, 0 replies; 21+ messages in thread
From: Ambrogino Modigliani @ 2016-11-25 19:48 UTC (permalink / raw)
To: gdb-patches, pedro_alves, ambrogino.modigliani, ambrogino.modigliani
config/ChangeLog:
* /stdint.m4: Fix spelling in comments.
---
config/stdint.m4 | 2 +-
1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)
diff --git a/config/stdint.m4 b/config/stdint.m4
index 59f4359..2894f08 100644
--- a/config/stdint.m4
+++ b/config/stdint.m4
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ dnl typedefs, especially uint8_t,int32_t,uintptr_t.
dnl Many older installations will not provide this file, but some will
dnl have the very same definitions in <inttypes.h>. In other environments
dnl we can use the inet-types in <sys/types.h> which would define the
-dnl typedefs int8_t and u_int8_t respectivly.
+dnl typedefs int8_t and u_int8_t respectively.
dnl
dnl This macros will create a local "_stdint.h" or the headerfile given as
dnl an argument. In many cases that file will pick the definition from a
--
2.7.4
^ permalink raw reply [flat|nested] 21+ messages in thread